construction of buildings in bushfire- prone areas · · 2012-06-19iiiiiiiiiiiiisilill this...

AS

3959-2009

JI

WIT.3000.002.0108

AS 3959-2009

Australian Standard®

Construction of buildings in bushfire-prone areas

wrr.30oo.oo2.oio8

AS 3959—2009

> u» « (O en (O I to ©



STAN0ARD Australia

http://wrr.30oo.oo2.oio8

iiiiiiiiiiiiisilill

This Australian Standard® was prepared by Committee FP-020, Construction of Buildings inBushfire-prone Areas. It was approved on behalf of the Council of Standards Australia on6 March 2009.This Standard was published on 10 March 2009.

The following are represented on Committee FP-020:

Australasian Fire and Emergency Service Authorities Council (AFAC)Australian Building Codes BoardAustralian Institute of ArchitectsAustralian Institute of Building SurveyorsAustralian Steel InstituteAustralian Window Association Inc.CSIROEngineers AustraliaFire Protection Association AustraliaHousing Industry AssociationMaster Builders AustraliaPlastics and Chemicals Industries Association IncorporatedProperty Council AustraliaTesting Interests (Australia)Think Brick AustraliaTimber Preservers Association of AustraliaWood Council Australia

Aknowledgement is made to the New South Wales Rural Fire Service for theircontriibution in developing this Standard.

This Standard was issued in draft form for comment as DR 03182 and DR 05060.

Standards Australia wishes to acknowledge the participation of the expert individuals thatcontributed to the development of this Standard through their representation on theCommittee and through the public comment period.

Keeping Standards up-to-dateAustralian Standards® are living documents that reflect progress in science, technology andsystems. To maintain their currency, all Standards are periodically reviewed, and new editionsare published. Between editions, amendments may be issued.

Standards may also be withdrawn. It is important that readers assure themselves they areusing a current Standard, which should include any amendments that may have beenpublished since the Standard was published.

Detailed information about Australian Standards, drafts, amendments and new projects canbe found by visiting www.standards.org.au

Standards Australia welcomes suggestions for improvements, and encourages readers tonotify us immediately of any apparent Inaccuracies or ambiguities. Contact us via email atmail®standards.org.au, or write to Standards Australia, GPO Box 476, Sydney, NSW 2001.

WIT.3000.002.0109

This Australian Standard® was prepared by Committee FP-020, Construction of Buildings in Bushfire-prone Areas. It was approved on behalf of the Council of Standards Australia on 6 March 2009. This Standard was published on 10 March 2009.

The following are represented on Committee FP-020:

• Australasian Fire and Emergency Service Authorities Council (AFAC) • Australian Building Codes Board • Australian Institute of Architects • Australian Institute of Building Surveyors • Australian Steel Institute • Australian Window Association Inc. • CSIRO • Engineers Australia • Fire Protection Association Australia • Housing Industry Association • Master Builders Australia • Plastics and Chemicals Industries Association Incorporated • Property Council Australia • Testing Interests (Australia) • Think Brick Australia • Timber Preservers Association of Australia • Wood Council Australia

Aknowledgement is made to the New South Wales Rural Fire Service for their contriibution in developing this Standard.

This Standard was issued in draft form for comment as DR 03182 and DR 05060.

Standards Australia wishes to acknowledge the participation of the expert individuals that contributed to the development of this Standard through their representation on the Committee and through the public comment period.

Keeping Standards up-to-date Australian Standards® are living documents that reflect progress in science, technology and systems. To maintain their currency, all Standards are periodically reviewed, and new editions are published. Between editions, amendments may be issued.

Standards may also be withdrawn. It is important that readers assure themselves they are using a current Standard, which should include any amendments that may have been published since the Standard was published.

Detailed information about Australian Standards, drafts, amendments and new projects can be found by visiting www.standards.org.au

Standards Australia welcomes suggestions for improvements, and encourages readers to notify us immediately of any apparent inaccuracies or ambiguities. Contact us via email at [email protected], or write to Standards Australia, GPO Box 476, Sydney, NSW 2001.

http://www.standards.org.au

mailto:[email protected]

WIT.3000.002.0110

AS 3959-2009



Originated as AS 3959-1991.Second edition 1999.Reissued incorporating Amendment No. 1 (December 2000).Reissued incorporating Amendment No. 2 (December 2001).Third edition 2009.

COPYRIGHT

© Standards Australia

All rights are reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced or copied in any form or byany means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, without the writtenpermission of the publisher.

Published by Standards Australia GPO Box 476, Sydney, NSW 2001, Australia

ISBN 0 7337 9051 8

WIT.3000.002.0110

AS 3959—2009

® Australian Standard


Originated as AS 3959—1991. Second edition 1999. Reissued incorporating Amendment No. 1 (December 2000). Reissued incorporating Amendment No. 2 (December 2001). Third edition 2009.

COPYRIGHT

© Standards Australia

All rights are reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced or copied in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, without the written permission of the publisher.

Published by Standards Australia GPO Box 476, Sydney, NSW 2001, Australia

ISBN 0 7337 9051 8

WIT.3000.002.0111

AS 3959-2009 2

PREFACE

Development

This Standard was prepared by the Standards Australia Committee FP-020, Construction ofBuildings in Bushfire-prone Areas, to supersede AS 3959-1999.

Changes to this Edition

This Edition incorporates the following changes:

(a) The method of determining the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) for a site (Section 2) hasbeen revised and now comprises six categories, namely BAL-LOW, BAL-12.5,BAL-19, BAL-29, BAL-40 and BAL-FZ. These categories are based on heatflux exposure thresholds (see Table 3.1).

(b) The methods for determining the Bushfire Attack Level now include both a step-by-step procedure, including tables that list climate, slope of ground and ' vegetationvariations in States and Territories (Section 2) and a detailed calculated procedurecontained in Appendix B. The slope of ground has also been clarified in Section 2 anda description and measurement of slope is included in Clause 2.2.4.

(c) The construction sections have been reorganized in group-specific constructionrequirements by Bushfire Attack Levels (BALs), rather than by building component.There are now seven Sections, namely Section 3 (General) Section 4 (BAL-LOW,for which this Standard does not provide construction requirements), Section 5(BAL-12.5), Section 6 (BAL-19), Section 7 (BAL-29), Section 8 (BAL-40),and Section 9 (BAL-FZ).

(d) The construction requirements in Sections 3 to 9 have been revised to address thelevels of exposure for the Bushfire Attack Levels (BALs). This Edition takes intoconsideration where building elements and materials that have been subjected toestablished test methods, such as AS 1530.4, Methods for fire tests on buildingmaterials, components and structures, Part 4: Fire-resistance test of elements ofconstruction, covering fire resistance. Standards Australia technical committeeFP-018, Fire Safety, has developed test methods exclusively for materials andelements of construction in bushfire-prone areas, namely, AS 1530.8.1, Tests onelements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushftre attack,Part 8.1: Radiant heat and small flaming source, which covers BAL-12.5 toBAIL-40 and AS 1530.8.2, Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposedto simulated bushftre attack, Part 8.2: Large flaming sources, which coversBAL-FZ. Concessions for non-exposed facades are included in Section 3.

(e) Attached structures,, such as garages, have been included.

(f) The aperture size of mesh at 2 mm is based on ember. attack; the gaps andpenetrations sizes at 3 mm are based on radiant heat.

(g) A worked example of bushfire assessment is included in Appendix A and is based onthe step-by-step method to assist with the requirements set out in Section 2.

Construction in Flame Zone

Whilst the majority of the Committee support the full Standard, unanimity was not reachedon aspects related to BAL-FZ Flame Zone. The Committee will be asked to review thisStandard, including Flame Zone construction, in light of relevant outcomes of the VictorianRoyal Commission into the February 2009 bushfires.

wrr.30oo.oo2.oiii AS 3959—2009 2

PREFACE

Development

This Standard was prepared by the Standards Australia Committee FP-020, Construction of Buildings in Bushfire-prone Areas, to supersede AS 3959—1999.

Changes to this Edition

This Edition incorporates the following changes:

(a) The method of determining the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) for a site (Section 2) has been revised and now comprises six categories, namely BAL—LOW, BAL—12.5, BAL—19, BAL—29, BAL—40 and BAL—FZ. These categories are based on heat flux exposure thresholds (see Table 3.1).

(b) The methods for determining the Bushfire Attack Level now include both a step-by-step procedure, including tables that list climate, slope of ground and' vegetation variations in States and Territories (Section 2) and a detailed calculated procedure contained in Appendix B. The slope of ground has also been clarified in Section 2 and a description and measurement of slope is included in Clause 2.2.4.

(c) The construction sections have been reorganized in group-specific construction requirements by Bushfire Attack Levels (BALs), rather than by building component. There are now seven Sections, namely Section 3 (General) Section 4 (BAL—LOW, for which this Standard does not provide construction requirements), Section 5 (BAL—12.5), Section 6 (BAL—19), Section 7 (BAL—29), Section 8 (BAL—40), and Section 9 (BAL—FZ).

(d) The construction requirements in Sections 3 to 9 have been revised to address the levels of exposure for the Bushfire Attack Levels (BALs). This Edition takes into consideration where building elements and materials that have been subjected to established test methods, such as AS 1530.4, Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures, Part 4: Fire-resistance test of elements of construction, covering fire resistance. Standards Australia technical committee FP-018, Fire Safety, has developed test methods exclusively for materials and elements of construction in bushfire-prone areas, namely, AS 1530.8.1, Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushfire attack, Part 8.1: Radiant heat and small flaming source, which covers BAL—12.5 to BAL—40 and AS 1530.8.2, Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushfire attack, Part 8.2: Large flaming sources, which covers BAL—FZ. Concessions for non-exposed facades are included in Section 3.

(e) Attached structures, such as garages, have been included.

(f) The aperture size of mesh at 2 mm is based on ember attack; the gaps and penetrations sizes at 3 mm are based on radiant heat.

(g) A worked example of bushfire assessment is included in Appendix A and is based on the step-by-step method to assist with the requirements set out in Section 2.

Construction in Flame Zone

Whilst the majority of the Committee support the full Standard, unanimity was not reached on aspects related to BAL—FZ Flame Zone. The Committee will be asked to review this Standard, including Flame Zone construction, in light of relevant outcomes of the Victorian Royal Commission into the February 2009 bushfires.

http://wrr.30oo.oo2.oiii

IO 11WIT.3000.002.0112

3 AS 3959-2009

Issues for future editions and amendments

Several issues were identified by the Committee when considering publication of thisedition. (which will be reconsidered by the Committee for inclusion in the next edition ofthis Standard or as amendments to this Standard) as follows: .

(i) Royal Commission-Standards Australia, with input from the Committee, will bemaking a submission to the Royal Commission, which is undertaking a review intothe bushfires experienced in Victoria during February 2009. Research from thebushfires will assist the committee in making improvements to subsequent editions ofthis Standard.

(ii) Refuges-Refuge areas and bunkers as `high protection areas' will be researched andconsidered as a possible addition to this Standard.

(iii) Flame Zone (10 in setback)-Currently, where the 10 in setback distance cannot beachieved, the performance of the elements of building construction that are less than10 in from the classified vegetation is required to comply with AS 1530.8.2. Theappropriateness of the test criteria for the risk is under consideration.

(iv) Grassland-The inclusion of unmanaged grassland in the vegetation types andclassifications.

(v) Vegetation fuel loads-Currently, there is one representative value only for fuel loadsfor each vegetation category which may be conservative in some areas andconsideration for multiple vegetation fuel loads will be given.

(vi) Steel roofs-Tests to demonstrate the performance of steel roofs in a bushfire.

(vii) Tiled roofs-The effects of wind on tiled roofs during a bushfire.

(viii) Aperture size of window mesh and perforated sheeting-Ascertain the appropriateaperture size for window mesh and perforated sheeting used to protect windows anddoors from ember attack.

(ix) Subfloors-Requirements for the protection of subfloor spaces against ember attack.This Edition provides information concerning storage of combustible materials in thesubfloor space.

(x) Doors-The appropriate type of external door (solid core or glazed) for the varyinglevels of bushfire attack is to be researched.

(xi) Log construction-The application of log construction as an exterior building elementof construction.

(xii) Straw bale construction-The application of straw bale construction as an exteriorbuilding element of construction.

(xiii) Draught excluders-Gaps between the base of a door and the floor require a draughtexcluder that is non-combustible.

(xiv) Sarking-Consideration is to be given to the effectiveness of sarking under differentroof coverings.

(xv) Glazed elements-The performance characteristics of glazed elements at elevatedtemperatures.

(xvi) Fire resistance-Test methods for fire-resisting materials and assemblies, ascurrently, there is no test method available to assess the performance of fire-resistingmaterials such a plastics.

Research and development for the assessment of a bushfire attack, together with specificconstruction requirements, are continuing and the results are being considered by theCommittee for inclusion in a future edition of the Standard.

wrr.3ooo.oo2.oii2

3 AS 3959—2009

Issues for future editions and amendments

Several issues were identified by the Committee when considering publication of this edition (which will be reconsidered by the Committee for inclusion in the next edition of this Standard or as amendments to this Standard) as follows:

(i) Royal Commission—Standards Australia, with input from the Committee, will be making a submission to the Royal Commission, which is undertaking a review into the bushfires experienced in Victoria during February 2009. Research from the bushfires will assist the committee in making improvements to subsequent editions of this Standard.

(ii) Refuges—Refuge areas and bunkers as 'high protection areas' will be researched and considered as a possible addition to this Standard.

(iii) Flame Zone (10 m setback)—Currently, where the 10 m setback distance cannot be achieved, the performance of the elements of building construction that are less than 10 m from the classified vegetation is required to comply with AS 1530.8.2. The appropriateness of the test criteria for the risk is under consideration.

(iv) Grassland—The inclusion of unmanaged grassland in the vegetation types and classifications.

(v) Vegetation fuel loads—Currently, there is one representative value only for fuel loads for each vegetation category which may be conservative in some areas and consideration for multiple vegetation fuel loads will be given.

(vi) Steel roofs—Tests to demonstrate the performance of steel roofs in a bushfire.

(vii) Tiled roofs—The effects of wind on tiled roofs during a bushfire.

(viii) Aperture size of window mesh and perforated sheeting—Ascertain the appropriate aperture size for window mesh and perforated sheeting used to protect windows and doors from ember attack.

(ix) Subfloors—Requirements for the protection of subfloor spaces against ember attack. This Edition provides information concerning storage of combustible materials in the subfloor space.

(x) Doors—The appropriate type of external door (solid core or glazed) for the varying levels of bushfire attack is to be researched.

(xi) Log construction—The application of log construction as an exterior building element of construction.

(xii) Straw bale construction—The application of straw bale construction as an exterior building element of construction.

(xiii) Draught excluders—Gaps between the base of a door and the floor require a draught excluder that is non-combustible.

(xiv) Sarking—Consideration is to be given to the effectiveness of sarking under different roof coverings.

(xv) Glazed elements—The performance characteristics of glazed elements at elevated temperatures.

(xvi) Fire resistance—Test methods for fire-resisting materials and assemblies, as currently, there is no test method available to assess the performance of fire-resisting materials such a plastics.

Research and development for the assessment of a bushfire attack, together with specific construction requirements, are continuing and the results are being considered by the Committee for inclusion in a future edition of the Standard.

http://wrr.3ooo.oo2.oii2

10111111111111111 I 11

WIT.3000.002.0113

AS 3959-2009 4

Normative and Informative

The terms `normative' and `informative' have been used in this Standard to define theapplication of the appendix to which they apply. A `normative' appendix is an integral partof a Standard, whereas an `informative' appendix is only for information and guidance.

Notes and commentaries

The use of Notes in this Standard is of an advisory nature only. They provide explanationsand guidance on recommended design consideration or technical procedures, as well as aninformative cross-reference to other documents or publications.

This Standard incorporates a Commentary on some clauses. The Commentary directlyfollows the relevant clause, is designated by 'C' preceding the clause number and is printedin italics in a panel. The Commentary is for information only and does not need to befollowed for compliance with the Standard.

wrr.3000.oo2.oii3

AS 3959—2009 4

Normative and Informative

The terms 'normative' and 'informative' have been used in this Standard to define the application of the appendix to which they apply. A 'normative' appendix is an integral part of a Standard, whereas an 'informative' appendix is only for information and guidance.

Notes and commentaries

The use of Notes in this Standard is of an advisory nature only. They provide explanations and guidance on recommended design consideration or technical procedures, as well as an informative cross-reference to other documents or publications.

This Standard incorporates a Commentary on some clauses. The Commentary directly follows the relevant clause, is designated by 'C preceding the clause number and is printed in italics in a panel. The Commentary is for information only and does not need to be followed for compliance with the Standard.

http://wrr.3000.oo2.oii3

III w 11WIT.3000.002.0114

5 , AS 3959-2009

CONTENTS

Page

FOREWORD .............................................................................................................................. 7

SECTION 1 SCOPE AND GENERAL1.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 81.2 OBJECTIVE ................................................................................................................ 8

1.3 APPLICATION ........................................................................................................... 8

1.4 NORMATIVE REFERENCES .................................................................................... 8

1.5 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................ 91.6 PROCESS OF DETERMINING CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................. 11

1.7 BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL) ...................................................................... 12

SECTION ,2 DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)2.1 GENERAL ... ............................................................................................................. 142.2 SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE (METHOD 1) .............................................................. 14

SECTION 3 CONSTRUCTION GENERAL3.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................ 33

3.2 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC STRUCTURES .................. 33

3.3 EXTERNAL MOULDINGS ...................................................................................... 353.4 HIGHER LEVELS OF CONSTRUCTION ................................................................ 353.5 REDUCTION IN CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS DUE TO SHIELDING .... 363.6 VENTS, WEEPHOLES AND GAPS ......................................................................... 383.7 BUSHFIRE SHUTTERS ........................................................................................... 393.8 TESTING TO AS 1530.8 ........................................................................................... 403.9 GLAZING .................................................................................................................. 40

SECTION 4 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL LOW (BAL-LOW). 41

SECTION 5 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL 12.5 (BAL-12.5)5.1 ` GENERAL ................................................................................................................ 425.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS .......................................................................................... 425.3 FLOORS .................................................................................................................... 425.4 EXTERNAL WALLS ................................................................................................ 425.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL

DOORS ..................................................................................................................... 435.6 ROOFS (INCLUDING VERANDA AND ATTACHED CARPORT ROOFS,

PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES)465.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS .................................... 485.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES ........................................................................ 49

SECTION 6 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL 19 (BAL-19)6.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................ 506.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS .......................................................................................... 506.3 FLOORS .................................................................................................................... 50.6.4 EXTERNAL WALLS ................................................................................................ 506.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL


PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES)54

wrr.30oo.oo2.oii4

5 , AS 3959—2009

CONTENTS

Page

FOREWORD 7

SECTION 1 SCOPE AND GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE 8 1.2 OBJECTIVE 8 1.3 APPLICATION 8 1.4 NORMATIVE REFERENCES 8 1.5 DEFINITIONS 9 1.6 PROCESS OF DETERMINING CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 11 1.7 BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL) 12

SECTION 2 DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL) 2.1 GENERAL „ 14 2.2 SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE (METHOD 1) 14

SECTION 3 CONSTRUCTION GENERAL 3.1 GENERAL 33 3.2 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC STRUCTURES 33 3.3 EXTERNAL MOULDINGS 35 3.4 HIGHER LEVELS OF CONSTRUCTION 35 3.5 REDUCTION IN CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS DUE TO SHIELDING .... 36 3.6 VENTS, WEEPHOLES AND GAPS 38 3.7 BUSHFIRE SHUTTERS 39 3.8 TESTING TO AS 1530.8 40 3.9 GLAZING 40

SECTION 4 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL LOW (BAL—LOW). 41

SECTION 5 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL 12.5 (BAL—12.5) 5.1 GENERAL 42 5.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS 42 5.3 FLOORS 42 5.4 EXTERNAL WALLS 42 5.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL

DOORS 43 5.6 ROOFS (INCLUDING VERANDA AND ATTACHED CARPORT ROOFS,

PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES)46 5.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS 48 5.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES 49

SECTION 6 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL 19 (BAL—19) 6.1 GENERAL 50 6.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS .-. 50 6.3 FLOORS 50. 6.4 EXTERNAL WALLS .50 6.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL

DOORS v 51 6.6 ROOFS (INCLUDING VERANDA AND ATTACHED CARPORT ROOFS,

PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES)54

http://wrr.30oo.oo2.oii4

0000

0000

0000

0000

00C

AS 3959-2009

Page

6.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS .................................... 566.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES ........................................................................ 57

SECTION 7 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL 29 (BAL-29)7.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................ 587.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS .......................................................................................... 587.3 FLOORS .................................................................................................................... 587.4 EXTERNAL WALLS ................................................................................................ 597.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL


PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES)627.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS .................................... 647.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES ........................................................................ 66

SECTION 8 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL 40 (BAL-40)8.1 GENERAL ...........................................................................:.................................... 678.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS .......................................................................................... 67

8.3 FLOORS .................................................................................................................... 678.4 EXTERNAL WALLS ................................................................................................ 688.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL


PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS ANDDOWNPIPES) ........................................................................................................... 70

8.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS ..................................... 728.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES ........................................................................ 73

SECTION 9 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL FZ (BAL-FZ)9.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................ 749.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS .......................................................................................... 749.3 FLOORS ........................... :........................................................................................ 749.4 EXTERNAL WALLS ................................................................................................ 759.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL


PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS ANDDOWNPIPES) ............................................................................................................ 77

9.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS .................................... 789.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES ........................................................................ 80

APPENDICESA WORKED EXAMPLE FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK

LEVEL (BAL) ........................................................................................................... 81B DETAILED METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE ATTACK

LEVEL (BAL)-METHOD 2 .................................................................................... 83C PROCESS AND PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE

ATTACK LEVEL (BAL) .......................................................................................... 95D ILLUSTRATIONS .. .................................................................................................. 96E TIMBER SPECIES AND DENSITIES ................................................................... 101F BUSHFIRE-RESISTING TIMBER ......................................................................... 105G EXPLANATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVELS (BALs) .............................. 107

wrr.3ooo.oo2.oii5 AS 3959—2009 6

Page

6.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS 56 6.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES 57

SECTION 7 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL 29 (BAL—29) 7.1 GENERAL 58 7.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS 58 7.3 FLOORS 58 7.4 EXTERNAL WALLS 59 7.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL


PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES)62 7.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS 64 7.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES 66

SECTION 8 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL 40 (BAL-^10) 8.1 GENERAL 67 8.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS : 67 8.3 FLOORS 67 8.4 EXTERNAL WALLS 68 8.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL

DOORS , 68 8.6 ROOFS (INCLUDING VERANDA AND ATTACHED CARPORT ROOFS,

PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES) 70

8.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS 72 8.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES 73

SECTION 9 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL FZ (BAL—FZ) 9.1 GENERAL 74 9.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS 74 9.3 FLOORS... 74 9.4 EXTERNAL WALLS 75 9.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL


PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES) 77

9.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS 78 9.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES '. ; ;.. 80

APPENDICES A WORKED EXAMPLE FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK

LEVEL (BAL) 81 B DETAILED METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE ATTACK

LEVEL (BAL)—METHOD 2 83 C PROCESS AND PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE

ATTACK LEVEL (BAL) 95 D ILLUSTRATIONS 96 E TIMBER SPECIES AND DENSITIES 101 F BUSHFIRE-RESISTING TIMBER 105 G EXPLANATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVELS (BALs) 107


WIT.3000.002.0116

7 AS 3959-2009

FOREWORD

This Standard is primarily concerned with improving the ability of buildings in designatedbushfire-prone areas to better withstand attack from bushfire thus giving a measure ofprotection to the building occupants (until the fire front passes) as well as to the buildingitself.

Improving the design and construction of buildings to minimize damage from the effects ofbushfire is but one of several measures available to property owners and occupiers toaddress damage during bushfire. Property owners should be aware that this Standard is partof a process that aims to lessen the risk of damage to buildings occurring in the event of theonslaught of bushfire. Other measures of mitigating damage from bushfire fall within theareas of planning, subdivision, siting, landscaping and maintenance.

Research is continuing with regards to the effects of bushfires on buildings, determinationof bushfire-prone areas within various States and particular construction techniquesdesigned to maximize the performance of buildings when subjected to bushfire attack. Theoutcomes of this research will be reflected in subsequent editions of this Standard.

The measures set out in this Standard to improve construction, and thus better equip abuilding to withstand the effects from bushfire, may also be used as a guide for those whowish to voluntarily adopt such measures in situations where regulatory compliance is notmandated.

Although this Standard provides for the highest Bushfire Attack Level (BAL), that is,BAL-FZ, there may be circumstances advised by authorities having jurisdiction thatbuilding in a particular bushfre location is either not recommended or not permitted basedon unrealistic risk exposures.

Of significance to this Standard is the publication (in 2007) of methods of test wherebybuilding materials, elements of construction and systems subjected to the tests of theAS 1530.8 series will satisfy the construction requirements prescribed in Sections 5 to 9 ofthis Standard. These methods are AS 1530.8.1, Methods for fare tests on building materials,components and structures, Part 8.1: Tests on elements of construction for buildingsexposed to simulated bushfire attack-Radiant heat and small flaming sources andAS 1530.8.2, Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures,Part 8.2: Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushfireattack-Large flaming sources.

The modelling procedure for the assessment of Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) in thisStandard uses the nominal inputs shown in Table 2.4.1 with an assumed flame temperatureof 1090 K. The outputs result in the production of Tables 2.4.2 to 2.4.5. Adoption of flametemperature is a jurisdictional matter.

It should be borne in mind that the measures contained in this Standard cannotguarantee that a building, will survive a bushfire event on every occasion. This issubstantially due to the unpredictable nature and behaviour of fire and extremeweather conditions.

wrr.3ooo.oo2.oii6

7 AS 3959—2009

FOREWORD

This Standard is primarily concerned with improving the ability of buildings in designated bushfire-prone areas to better withstand attack from bushfire thus giving a measure of protection to the building occupants (until the fire front passes) as well as to the building itself.

Improving the design and construction of buildings to minimize damage from the effects of bushfire is but one of several measures available to property owners and occupiers to address damage during bushfire. Property owners should be aware that this Standard is part of a process that aims to lessen the risk of damage to buildings occurring in the event of the onslaught of bushfire. Other measures of mitigating damage from bushfire fall within the areas of planning, subdivision, siting, landscaping and maintenance.

Research is continuing with regards to the effects of bushfires on buildings, determination of bushfire-prone areas within various States and particular construction techniques designed to maximize the performance of buildings when subjected to bushfire attack. The outcomes of this research will be reflected in subsequent editions of this Standard.

The measures set out in this Standard to improve construction, and thus better equip a building to withstand the effects from bushfire, may also be used as a guide for those who wish to voluntarily adopt such measures in situations where regulatory compliance is not mandated.

Although this Standard provides for the highest Bushfire Attack Level (BAL), that is, BAL—FZ, there may be circumstances advised by authorities having jurisdiction that building in a particular bushfire location is either not recommended or not permitted based on unrealistic risk exposures.

Of significance to this Standard is the publication (in 2007) of methods of test whereby building materials, elements of construction and systems subjected to the tests of the AS 1530.8 series will satisfy the construction requirements prescribed in Sections 5 to 9 of this Standard. These methods are AS 1530.8.1, Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures, Part 8.1: Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushfire attack—Radiant heat and small flaming sources and AS 1530.8.2, Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures, Part 8.2: Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushfire attack—Large flaming sources.

The modelling procedure for the assessment of Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) in this Standard uses the nominal inputs shown in Table 2.4.1 with an assumed flame temperature of 1090 K. The outputs result in the production of Tables 2.4.2 to 2.4.5. Adoption of flame temperature is a jurisdictional matter.

It should be borne in mind that the measures contained in this Standard cannot guarantee that a building will survive a bushfire event on every occasion. This is substantially due to the unpredictable nature and behaviour of fire and extreme weather conditions.


WIT.3000.002.0117

AS 3959-2009 8

STANDARDS AUSTRALIA

Australian StandardConstruction of buildings in bushfire-prone areas

SECTION 1 SCOPE AND GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

This Standard specifies requirements for the construction of buildings in bushfire-proneareas in order to improve their resistance to bushfire attack from burning embers, radiantheat, flame contact and combinations of the three attack forms.

Although this Standard is designed to improve the performance of buildings when subjectedto bushfire attack in designated bushfire-prone areas there can be no guarantee that abuilding will survive a bushfire event on every occasion. This is substantially due to theunpredictable nature and behaviour of fire and extreme weather conditions.

NOTES:

I The construction measures contained in this Standard are not the only measures that can beconsidered to address bushfire attack as there are other means available that are outside thescope of this Standard. Standards Australia's Handbook HB 36 provides further informationon these issues.

2 On the basis that the committee is not aware of any clear evidence that smoke from a bushfireentering a building is a risk, this Standard does not address the infiltration of smoke nor anyassociated health risk.

1.2 OBJECTIVE

1.2.1 Objective of this Standard

The objective of this Standard is to prescribe particular construction details for buildings toreduce the risk of ignition from a bushfire while the fire front passes.

1.2.2 Objective of this Edition

The objective of this Edition is to provide additional and detailed methods of assessingbushfire attack commensurate with the applicable construction requirements at increasedincrements when compared to the previous edition.

1.3 APPLICATION

This Standard is limited to those sites where the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) has beendetermined as BAL-LOW, BAL-12.5, BAL-19, BAL-29, BAL-40 or BAL-FZ (seeTable 3.1).

NOTE: Although there are no specific construction requirements in the BAL designated as LOW,this does not imply these buildings are not at risk.

1.4 NORMATIVE REFERENCES

The following documents are indispensable to the application of this Standard.

AS1288 Glass in buildings-Selection and installation

1530 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures1530.1 Part 1: Combustibility test for materials

© Standards Australia www.standards.org.au

wrr.3ooo.oo2.oii7 AS 3959—2009 8

STANDARDS AUSTRALIA

Australian Standard


S E C T I O N 1 S C O P E A N D G E N E R A L

1.1 SCOPE

This Standard specifies requirements for the construction of buildings in bushfire-prone areas in order to improve their resistance to bushfire attack from burning embers, radiant heat, flame contact and combinations of the three attack forms.

Although this Standard is designed to improve the performance of buildings when subjected to bushfire attack in designated bushfire-prone areas there can be no guarantee that a building will survive a bushfire event on every occasion. This is substantially due to the unpredictable nature and behaviour of fire and extreme weather conditions.

NOTES: 1 The construction measures contained in this Standard are not the only measures that can be

considered to address bushfire attack as there are other means available that are outside the scope of this Standard. Standards Australia's Handbook HB 36 provides further information on these issues.

2 On the basis that the committee is not aware of any clear evidence that smoke from a bushfire entering a building is a risk, this Standard does not address the infiltration of smoke nor any associated health risk.

1.2 OBJECTIVE

1.2.1 Objective of this Standard

The objective of this Standard is to prescribe particular construction details for buildings to reduce the risk of ignition from a bushfire while the fire front passes.

1.2.2 Objective of this Edition

The objective of this Edition is to provide additional and detailed methods of assessing bushfire attack commensurate with the applicable construction requirements at increased increments when compared to the previous edition.

1.3 APPLICATION

This Standard is limited to those sites where the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) has been determined as BAL—LOW, BAL—12.5, BAL—19, BAL—29, BAL—40 or BAL—FZ (see Table 3.1).

NOTE: Although there are no specific construction requirements in the BAL designated as LOW, this does not imply these buildings are not at risk.

1.4 NORMATIVE REFERENCES

The following documents are indispensable to the application of this Standard.

AS 1288 Glass in buildings—Selection and installation

1530 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures 1530.1 Part i : Combustibility test for materials




WIT.3000.002.0118

9 AS 3959-2009

AS1530.2 Part 2: Test for flammability of materials1530.4 Part 4: Fire-resistance test of elements of construction1530.8.1 Part 8.1: Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated

bushfire attack-Radiant heat and small flaming sources1530.8.2 Part 8.2: Tests on elements of construction for buildings. exposed to simulated

bushfire attack Large flaming sources

1684 Residential timber-framed construction1684.2 Part 2: Non-cyclonic areas1684.3 Part 3: Cyclonic areas

1720 Timber structures1720.2 Part 2: Timber properties

AS/NZS3837 Method of test for heat and smoke release rates for materials and products

using an oxygen consumption calorimeter

ASTMD2898 Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood

for Fire Testing

BCA Building Code of Australia

Atlas of Australian Resources-Volume 6 Vegetation, Australian Surveying and LandInformation Group, Department of Administrative Services, Canberra, 1990.

1.5 DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this Standard, the definitions below apply.

1.5.1 Bushfire

An unplanned fire burning in vegetation; also referred to as wildfire.

1.5.2 Bushfire attack

Burning embers, radiant heat or flame generated by a bushfire, which might result inignition and subsequent damage or destruction of a building.

1.5.3 Bushfire-prone area

An area that is subject to, or likely to be subject to, bushfire attack.

1.5.4 Bushfire-resisting timber

Timber that meets the criteria specified in Appendix F.

15.5 Classified vegetation

Vegetation that has been classified in accordance with Clause 2.2.3.

1.5.6 Combustible

Combustible as determined by AS 1530.1.

1.5.7 Decking

That part of the structure of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings that forms thetrafficable surface of the structure.

1.5.8 Doorframe

The frame surrounding and supporting a door where the frame consists of two jambs, a headand sometimes a transom and a sill, and is machined or made from solid stock or with aplanted doorstop (Figure 3.2).

www.standards.org.au © Standards Australia

wrr.30oo.oo2.oii8

AS 3959—2009

AS 1530.2 Part 2: Test for flammability of materials 1530.4 Part 4: Fire-resistance test of elements of construction 1530.8.1 Part 8.1: Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated

bushfire attack—Radiant heat and small flaming sources 1530.8.2 Part 8.2: Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated

bushfire attack—Large flaming sources

1684 Residential timber-framed construction 1684.2 Part 2: Non-cyclonic areas 1684.3 Part 3: Cyclonic areas

1720 Timber structures 1720.2 Part 2: Timber properties

AS/NZS 3837 Method of test for heat and smoke release rates for materials and products

using an oxygen consumption calorimeter

ASTM D2898 Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood

for Fire Testing

BCA Building Code of Australia

Atlas of Australian Resources—Volume 6 Vegetation, Australian Surveying and Land Information Group, Department of Administrative Services, Canberra, 1990.

1.5 DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this Standard, the definitions below apply.

1.5.1 Bushfire

An unplanned fire burning in vegetation; also referred to as wildfire.

1.5.2 Bushfire attack

Burning embers, radiant heat or flame generated by a bushfire, which might result in ignition and subsequent damage or destruction of a building.

1.5.3 Bushfire-prone area

An area that is subject to, or likely to be subject to, bushfire attack.

1.5.4 Bushfire-resisting timber

Timber that meets the criteria specified in Appendix F.

1.5.5 Classified vegetation

Vegetation that has been classified in accordance with Clause 2.2.3.

1.5.6 Combustible

Combustible as determined by AS 1530.1.

1.5.7 Decking

That part of the structure of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings that forms the trafficable surface of the structure.

1.5.8 Doorframe

The frame surrounding and supporting a door where the frame consists of two jambs, a head and sometimes a transom and a sill, and is machined or made from solid stock or with a planted doorstop (Figure 3.2).


http://wrr.30oo.oo2.oii8


AS 3959-2009 10

WIT.3000.002.0119

1.5.9 Effective slope

The slope under that classified vegetation which most influences the bushfire attack (seeFigure 2.2).

1.5.10 Ember attack

Smouldering or flaming windbome debris that is capable of entering or accumulatingaround a building and may ignite the building or other combustible materials and debris.

1.5.11 Ember guard

A cover inserted in or over an opening or cavity to prevent the entry of burning embers.

1.5.12 Fire Danger Index (FDI)

The chance of a fire starting, its rate of spread, its intensity and the difficulty of itssuppression, according to various combinations of air temperature, relative humidity, windspeed and both the long- and short-term drought effects.

NOTE: This Standard has adopted the equations for the Forest Fire Danger Index by Noble I.R.,Bary G.A.V. and Gill A.M. 1980.

1.5.13 Fire resistance level (FRL)

The nominal grading period, in minutes, that is determined by subjecting a specimen to thestandard time temperature curve regime as set out in AS 1530.4, to specify

(a) structural adequacy,

(b) integrity, and

(c) insulation,

which are expressed in that order.NOTE: For example, a building element with an FRI, of 120/60/30 will maintain, when tested inaccordance with AS 1530.4-

(a) structural adequacy for a period of 120 min;

(b) integrity for a period of 60 min; and

(c) insulation for a period of 30 min.

1.5.14 Flame temperature

The assumed effective flame temperature sustained for a 2 min period over a fire frontwidth of 100 in. Instantaneous flame temperature may peak above 1200 K.

1.5.15 Flame Zone (FZ)

The highest level of bushfire attack as a consequence of direct exposure to flames from thefire front in addition to heat flux and ember attack.

1.5.16 Flammability index

The index number as determined by AS 1530.2.

1.5.17 Foliage cover

The proportion of the ground that would be shaded by foliage when the sun is shiningdirectly overhead, expressed as a percentage for each stratum or identifiable layer ofvegetation.

1.5.18 Glazed assembly

Any combination of glass and any other material that fills a window or door opening; alsoknown as a glazing system.

Standards Australia www.standards.org.au

[i mm! li mi WIT.3000.002.0119

AS 3959—2009 10

1.5.9 Effective slope

The slope under that classified vegetation which most influences the bushfire attack (see Figure 2.2).

1.5.10 Ember attack

Smouldering or flaming windborne debris that is capable of entering or accumulating around a building and may ignite the building or other combustible materials and debris.

1.5.11 Ember guard

A cover inserted in or over an opening or cavity to prevent the entry of burning embers.

1.5.12 Fire Danger Index (FDI)

The chance of a fire starting, its rate of spread, its intensity and the difficulty of its suppression, according to various combinations of air temperature, relative humidity, wind speed and both the long- and short-term drought effects.

NOTE: This Standard has adopted the equations for the Forest Fire Danger Index by Noble I.R., Bary G.A.V. and Gill A.M. 1980.

1.5.13 Fire resistance level (FRL)

The nominal grading period, in minutes, that is determined by subjecting a specimen to the standard time temperature curve regime as set out in AS 1530.4, to specify—

(a) structural adequacy,

(b) integrity, and

(c) insulation,

which are expressed in that order. NOTE: For example, a building element with an FRL of 120/60/30 will maintain, when tested in accordance with AS 1530.4— (a) structural adequacy for a period of 120 min; (b) integrity for a period of 60 min; and (c) insulation for a period of 30 min.

1.5.14 Flame temperature

The assumed effective flame temperature sustained for a 2 min period over a fire front width of 100 m. Instantaneous flame temperature may peak above 1200 K.

1.5.15 Flame Zone (FZ)

The highest level of bushfire attack as a consequence of direct exposure to flames from the fire front in addition to heat flux and ember attack.

1.5.16 Flammability index

The index number as determined by AS 1530.2.

1.5.17 Foliage cover

The proportion of the ground that would be shaded by foliage when the sun is shining directly overhead, expressed as a percentage for each stratum or identifiable layer of vegetation.

1.5.18 Glazed assembly

Any combination of glass and any other material that fills a window or door opening; also known as a glazing system.



WIT.3000.002.0120

11 AS 3959-2009

1.5.19 Non-combustible

Not deemed combustible as determined by AS 1530.1 or not deemed combustible inaccordance with the BCA.

1.5.20 Overstorey

The canopy, being the tallest stratum of the vegetation profile.

1.5.21 Relevant authority

An independent agency authorized by legislation or regulation to issue determinations,orders, or other instructions in respect of any subject covered by this Standard.

1.5.22 Resistance to the incipient spread offire (in respect of a floor system)

The ability of the membrane to insulate and thereby limit the rise in temperature of thecombustible elements of the floor system to a level that will not permit the rapid andgeneral spread of fire throughout the floor system and to any adjoining fire compartments,in accordance with AS 1530.4.

1.5.23 Sarking-type material

A material, such as a reflective foil or other flexible membrane, normally used for apurpose such as water proofing, vapour proofing or thermal reflectance.

1.5.24 Shall

Indicates a mandatory requirement.

1.5.25 Should

Indicates a recommendation or that which is advisory but not mandatory.

1.5.26 Site

The part of the allotment of land on which a building stands or is to be erected.

1.5.27 Understorey

The vegetation beneath the overstorey.

1.6 PROCESS OF DETERMINING CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

The process for determining construction requirements is diagrammatically shown inFigure 1.1.

C1.6 Before construction requirements covered by this Standard can be determined, it isfirst necessary to determine the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) by an assessment of the subjectallotment and classified vegetation impacting on the site. Assessment methodologies areprovided in Section 2 and Appendices A and B. The assessment outcomes are expressed inBALs and radiant heat levels provide the range on which the construction requirements arebased.


wrr.30oo.oo2.oi20

11 AS 3959—2009

1.5.19 Non-combustible

Not deemed combustible as determined by AS 1530.1 or not deemed combustible in accordance with the BCA.

1.5.20 Overstorey

The canopy, being the tallest stratum of the vegetation profile.

1.5.21 Relevant authority

An independent agency authorized by legislation or regulation to issue determinations, orders, or other instructions in respect of any subject covered by this Standard.

1.5.22 Resistance to the incipient spread of fire (in respect of a floor system)

The ability of the membrane to insulate and thereby limit the rise in temperature of the combustible elements of the floor system to a level that will not permit the rapid and general spread of fire throughout the floor system and to any adjoining fire compartments, in accordance with AS 1530.4.

1.5.23 Sarking-type material

A material, such as a reflective foil or other flexible membrane, normally used for a purpose such as water proofing, vapour proofing or thermal reflectance.

1.5.24 Shall

Indicates a mandatory requirement.

1.5.25 Should

Indicates a recommendation or that which is advisory but not mandatory.

1.5.26 Site

The part of the allotment of land on which a building stands or is to be erected.

1.5.27 Understorey

The vegetation beneath the overstorey.

1.6 PROCESS OF DETERMINING CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

The process for determining construction requirements is diagrammatically shown in Figure 1.1.

CI. 6 Before construction requirements covered by this Standard can be determined, it is first necessary to determine the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) by an assessment of the subject allotment and classified vegetation impacting on the site. Assessment methodologies are provided in Section 2 and Appendices A and B. The assessment outcomes are expressed in BALs and radiant heat levels provide the range an which the construction requirements are based.


http://wrr.30oo.oo2.oi20


IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM

AS 3959-2009 12

1.7 BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)

The following Bushfire Attack Levels (BAL), based on heat flux exposure threshold (seeTable 3.1), are used in this Standard:

BAL-LOW

BAL-12.5

BAL-19

BAL-29

BAL-40

BAL-FZNOTE: Refer to Appendix G for a description of the threats associated with each BAL.


AS 3959—2009 12

WIT.3000.002.0121

1.7 BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)

The following Bushfire Attack Levels (BAL), based on heat flux exposure thresholds' (see Table 3.1), are used in this Standard:

BAL—LOW

BAL—12.5

BAL—19

BAL—29

BAL-^10

BAL—FZ NOTE: Refer to Appendix G for a description of the threats associated with each BAL.



A

13

Determine if the building Islocated in a designated

bushfire-prone area as definedIn the BCA

1111101111WIT.3000.002.0122

AS 3959-2009

FIGURE 1.1 FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING THE PROCESS FOR DETERMININGCONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS


13

WIT.3000.002.0122

AS 3959—2009

Determine if the building is located in a designated

bushfire-prone area as defined in the BCA

This Standard does not apply £-

No construction requirements

Section 4

Yes

Yes _w

Assess Bushfire Attack Level (BAL)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

-^

- }

• *

Construction Sections 3 and 5





FIGURE 1.1 FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING THE PROCESS FOR DETERMINING CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS



u

AS 3959-2009 14

SECTION 2 DETERMINING THE BUSHFIREATTACK LEVEL (BAL)

2.1 GENERAL

The Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) shall be determined by using the-

(a) simplified procedure described in Clause 2.2 (Method 1); orNOTES See Appendix C for a flow diagram to summarize the process.

(b) detailed procedure described in Appendix B (Method 2).

BALs are based on levels of exposure defined in Table 3.1.

C2.1 There are two methods for determining BALs:

Method 1-a simplified procedure that involves five procedural steps to determine BALs,and is subject to limitations on the circumstances in which it can be used (see Appendix Q.

Method 2-a detailed procedure using calculations to determine BALs where a morespecific result is sought or where the site conditions are outside of the scope of thesimplified procedure (Method 1) (see Appendix B).

BALs are used to determine which, if any, construction requirements contained inSections 3 to 9 of this Standard are appropriate for a particular site.

2.2 SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE (METHOD 1)

2.2.1 General

For the simplified procedure (Method 1), the following steps shall be used to determine theBAL for all circumstances except where the effective slope under the classified vegetation,calculated in accordance with Clause 2.2.5, is more than 20° downslope.

Step Clause Procedure

Step 1 2.2.2 Determine the relevant FDI' (see Table 2.1).

Step 2 2.2.3 Determine the classified vegetation type(s) (see Table 2.3 andFigure 2.3).

Step 3 2.2.4 Determine the distance of the site from the classified vegetationtype(s) [(Point A to Point B see Figure 2.1)].

Step 4 2.2.5 Determine the effective slope(s) under the classified vegetation type(s)(see Figure 2.2).

Step 5 2.2.6 Determine the BAL from the appropriate table (see Tables.2.4.2, 2.4.3,2.4.4 and 2.4.5, and refer to Table 2.4.1 for input values used indeveloping the Tables.

Step 6 2.2.7 Determine the appropriate construction requirements.

2.2.2 Step 1-Relevant Fire Danger Index -(FDI)

The relevant FDI shall be determined in accordance with Table 2.1 for the identifiedjurisdiction or region within a jurisdiction.


WIT.3000.002.0123 AS 3959—2009 14

S E C T I O N 2 D E T E R M I N I N G T H E B U S H F I R E A T T A C K L E V E L ( B A L )

2.1 GENERAL

The Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) shall be determined by using the—

(a) simplified procedure described in Clause 2.2 (Method 1); or NOTE; See Appendix C for a flow diagram to summarize the process.

(b) detailed procedure described in Appendix B (Method 2).

BALs are based on levels of exposure defined in Table 3.1.

C2.1 There are two methods for determining BALs:

Method 1—a simplified procedure that involves five procedural steps to determine BALs, and is subject to limitations on the circumstances in which it can be used (see Appendix C).

Method 2—a detailed procedure using calculations to determine BALs where a more specific result is sought or where the site conditions are outside of the scope of the simplified procedure (Method 1) (see Appendix B).

BALs are used to determine which, if any, construction requirements contained in Sections 3 to 9 of this Standard are appropriate for a particular site.

2.2 SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE (METHOD 1)

2.2.1 General

For the simplified procedure (Method 1), the following steps shall be used to determine the BAL for all circumstances except where the effective slope under the classified vegetation, calculated in accordance with Clause 2.2.5, is more than 20° downslope.

Step Clause Procedure

Step 1 2.2.2 Determine the relevant FDI (see Table 2.1).

Step 2 2.2.3 Determine the classified vegetation type(s) (see Table 2.3 and Figure 2.3).

Step 3 2.2.4 Determine the distance of the site from the classified vegetation type(s) [(Point A to Point B see Figure 2.1)].

Step 4 2.2.5 Determine the effective slope(s) under the classified vegetation type(s) (see Figure 2.2).

Step 5 2.2.6 Determine the BAL from the appropriate table (see Tables 2.4.2, 2.4.3, 2.4.4 and 2.4.5, and refer to Table 2.4.1 for input values used in developing the Tables.

Step 6 2.2.7 Determine the appropriate construction requirements.

2.2.2 Step 1—Relevant Fire Danger Index (FDI)

The relevant FDI shall be determined in accordance with Table 2.1 for the identified jurisdiction or region within a jurisdiction.



WIT.3000.002.0124

15

TABLE 2.1

JURISDICTIONAL AND REGIONAL VALUES FOR FDI

AS 3959-2009

State/region FDI

Australian Capital Territory 100

New South Wales

(a) Greater Hunter, Greater Sydney, Illawarra/Shoalhaven, Far South Coast andSouthern Ranges fire weather districts

100

(b) NSW alpine areas 50

(c) NSW general (excluding alpine areas, Greater Hunter, Greater Sydney,Illawarra/Shoalhaven, Far South Coast and Southern Ranges fire weatherdistricts

80

Northern Territory 40

Queensland 40

South Australia 80,

Tasmania 50

Victoria

(a) Victoria alpine areas 50

(b) Victoria general (excluding alpine areas) 100,

Western Australia 80

NOTES:

I The FDI values may be able to be refined within a jurisdiction or region where sufficientclimatological data is available and in consultation with the relevant regulatory authority.

2 The FDI values were provided by the Australasian Fire and Emergency Service AuthoritiesCouncil (AFAC).

3 Alpine and sub-alpine areas are defined as per the Building Code of Australia, Volume Two.

2.2.3 Step 2-Vegetation classification

2.2.3.1 General

Vegetation shall be classified in accordance with Table 2.3 and Figures 2.4(A) to 2.4(G).Where there is more than one vegetation type, each type shall be classified separately withthe worst case scenario (predominant vegetation is not necessarily the worst case scenario)applied.

NOTE: Classification of vegetation should not be based solely on the edge of the vegetation,which may be invaded by weeds.

2.2.3.2 Exclusions-Low threat vegetation and non-vegetated areas

The Bushfire Attack Level shall be classified BAL-LOW where the vegetation is one or acombination of any of the following:

(a) Vegetation of any type that is more than 100 in from the site.

(b) Single areas of vegetation less than 1 ha in area and not within 100 in of other areasof vegetation being classified.

(c) Multiple areas of vegetation less than 0.25 ha in area and not within 20 m of the site,or each other. _

(d) Strips of vegetation less than 20 m in width regardless of length and not within 20 inof the site or each other, or other areas of vegetation being classified.

(e) Non-vegetated areas, including waterways, roads, footpaths, buildings and rockyoutcrops.


15

WIT.3000.002.0124

AS 3959—2009

TABLE 2.1

JURISDICTIONAL AND REGIONAL VALUES FOR FDI

State/region

Australian Capital Territory

New South Wales

(a) Greater Hunter, Greater Sydney, Illawarra/Shoalhaven, Far South Coast and Southern Ranges fire weather districts

(b) NSW alpine areas

(c) NSW general (excluding alpine areas, Greater Hunter, Greater Sydney, Illawarra/Shoalhaven, Far South Coast and Southern Ranges fire weather districts

Northern Territory

Queensland

South Australia

Tasmania

Victoria

(a) Victoria alpine areas

(b) Victoria general (excluding alpine areas)

Western Australia

FDI

100

100

50

80

40

40

80

50

50

100

80

NOTES: 1 The FDI values may be able to be refined within a jurisdiction or region where sufficient

climatological data is available and in consultation with the relevant regulatory authority. 2 The FDI values were provided by the Australasian Fire and Emergency Service Authorities

Council (AFAC).

3 Alpine and sub-alpine areas are defined as per the Building Code of Australia, Volume Two.

2.2.3 Step 2—Vegetation classification

2.2.3.1 General

Vegetation shall be classified in accordance with Table 2.3 and Figures 2.4(A) to 2.4(G). Where there is more than one vegetation type, each type shall be classified separately with the worst case scenario (predominant vegetation is not necessarily the worst case scenario) applied.

NOTE: Classification of vegetation should not be based solely on the edge of the vegetation, which may be invaded by weeds.

2.2.3.2 Exclusions—Low threat vegetation and non-vegetated areas

The Bushfire Attack Level shall be classified BAL—LOW where the vegetation is one or a combination of any of the following:

(a) Vegetation of any type that is more than 100 m from the site.

(b) Single areas of vegetation less than 1 ha in area and not within 100 m of other areas of vegetation being classified.

(c) Multiple areas of vegetation less than 0.25 ha in area and not within 20 m of the site, or each other.

(d) Strips of vegetation less than 20 m in width regardless of length and not within 20 m of the site or each other, or other areas of vegetation being classified.

(e) Non-vegetated areas, including waterways, roads, footpaths, buildings and rocky outcrops.



AS 3959-2009 16

(f) Low threat vegetation, including managed grassland, maintained lawns, golf courses,maintained public reserves and parklands, botanical gardens, vineyards, orchards,cultivated ornamental gardens, commercial nurseries, nature strips and wind breaks.

2.2.4 Step 3-Distance of the site from classified vegetation

For each vegetation type classified in Clause 2.2.3, determine the distance of the site fromthe classified vegetation, measured in the horizontal plane (see Figure 2.1, Point A toPoint B).

B A

LEGEND:

v 00 Building site(elevation)

Classifiedvegetation

Edge of vegetation

AB Horizontal distancemeasurement

NOTES:

1 The measurement of distance A to B is measured in plan (i.e., horizontally) and is taken to the externalwall of the proposed building, or for parts of the building that do not have external walls (includingcarports, verandas, decks, landings, steps and ramps), to the supporting posts or columns. The followingparts of the building are excluded when determining the distance A to B:

(a) Eaves and roof overhangs.

(b) Rainwater and domestic fuel tanks.

(c) Chimneys, pipes, cooling or heating appliances or other services.

(d) Unroofed pergolas.

(e) Sun blinds.

(f) Landings, terraces, steps and ramps, not more than 1 m in height.

2 In the three illustrations above, the distance A to B is the same horizontal distance from the classifiedvegetation to the site. The area between A and B may contain vegetation not required to be classified inaccordance with Clause 2.2.3.

FIGURE 2.1 DETERMINATION- OF DISTANCE OF SITE FROM CLASSIFIEDVEGETATION

2.2.5 Step 4-Effective slope of land under the classified vegetation

`Slope' refers to the slope under the classified vegetation in relation to the building-notthe slope between the vegetation and the building.

For each vegetation type classified in Clause 2.2.3, determine the effective slope (indegrees) of the land under the classified vegetation and whether it is upslope or downslopein relation to the site (see Figure 2.2).


WIT.3000.002.0125

AS 3959—2009 16

(f) Low threat vegetation, including managed grassland, maintained lawns, golf courses, maintained public reserves and parklands, botanical gardens, vineyards, orchards, cultivated ornamental gardens, commercial nurseries, nature strips and wind breaks.

2.2.4 Step 3—Distance of the site from classified vegetation

For each vegetation type classified in Clause 2.2.3, determine the distance of the site from the classified vegetation, measured in the horizontal plane (see Figure 2.1, Point A to Point B).

LEGEND:

Building site I " ! ! ! " " ! (elevation)

Classified vegetation

AB

Edge of vegetation

Horizontal distance measurement

B A

NOTES: 1 The measurement of distance A to B is measured in plan (i.e., horizontally) and is taken to the external

wall of the proposed building, or for parts of the building that do not have external walls (including carports, verandas, decks, landings, steps and ramps), to the supporting posts or columns. The following parts of the building are excluded when determining the distance A to B: (a) Eaves and roof overhangs. (b) Rainwater and domestic fuel tanks. (c) Chimneys, pipes, cooling or heating appliances or other services. (d) Unroofed pergolas. (e) Sun blinds. (f) Landings, terraces, steps and ramps, not more than 1 m in height.

2 In the three illustrations above, the distance A to B is the same horizontal distance from the classified vegetation to the site. The area between A and B may contain vegetation not required to be classified in accordance with Clause 2.2.3.

FIGURE 2.1 DETERMINATION OF DISTANCE OF SITE FROM CLASSIFIED VEGETATION

2.2.5 Step 4—Effective slope of land under the classified vegetation

'Slope' refers to the slope under the classified vegetation in relation to the building—not the slope between the vegetation and the building.

For each vegetation type classified in Clause 2.2.3, determine the effective slope (in degrees) of the land under the classified vegetation and whether it is upslope or downslope in relation to the site (see Figure 2.2).



IMO17

WIT.3000.002.0126

AS 3959-2009

Effective slope of land under classified vegetation is presented in degrees, approximateslope ratios and percentages. As fires travel slower down a hill, all classified vegetation thatis upslope will assume a value of 0° (i.e., flat land). Table 2.2 provides comparisonsbetween degrees, slope ratios and percentages.

C2.5 The slope of the land under the classified vegetation is much more important than theslope of the land between the site and the edge of the classified vegetation. The slope of theland under the classified vegetation has a direct influence on the rate of fire spread, theseverity of the fire and the ultimate level of radiant heat flux.

For Method 1 it is not important to determine the slope of the land between the site and theedge of the classified vegetation (see Figure 2.1, Point B to Point A). The further thedistance the less radiant heat reaches the site.

It may be necessary to consider the slope under the classified vegetation for distancesgreater than 100 m in order to determine the effective slope for that vegetationclassification.

Where the slope of the land under the classified vegetation is downhill from the edge of theclassified vegetation nearest the site, it is considered 'downslope' regardless of the slope ofthe land between the site and the edge of the classified vegetation (see Figure 2.2).

Where the slope of the land under the classified vegetation is uphill from the edge of theclassified vegetation nearest the site, it is considered 'upslope' regardless of the slope ofthe land between the site and the edge of the classified vegetation (see Figure 2.2).

TABLE 2.2

SLOPE COMPARISONS

Degrees Ratio Percentages

45 1:1 100

34 1:1.5 66

26 1:2 50

21 1:2.5 40

18 1:3 33

15 1:3.5 28

14 1:4 25

12 1:4.5 22

11 1:5 20

10 1:5.5 18

9

9

1:6

1:6.5

16

15

8

8

1:7

1:7.5

14

13-

7*7

1:8

1:8.5

12

11

6

6

1:9

1:10

11

10

5

5

1:11

1:12

9

8

4

4

44.

1:13

1:14

1:15

1:16

8

7

7

6

3

3

3

3

'1:17

1:18

1:19

1:20

6

5.5

5

5


17 AS 3959—2009

Effective slope of land under classified vegetation is presented in degrees, approximate slope ratios and percentages. As fires travel slower down a hill, all classified vegetation that is upslope will assume a value of 0° (i.e., flat land). Table 2.2 provides comparisons between degrees, slope ratios and percentages.

C2.5 The slope of the land under the classified vegetation is much more important than the slope of the land between the site and the edge of the classified vegetation. The slope of the land under the classified vegetation has a direct influence on the rate of fire spread, the severity of the fire and the ultimate level of radiant heat flux.

For Method 1 it is not important to determine the slope of the land between the site and the edge of the classified vegetation (see Figure 2.1, Point B to Point A). The further the distance the less radiant heat reaches the site.

It may be necessary to consider the slope under the classified vegetation for distances greater than 100 m in order to determine the effective slope for that vegetation classification.

Where the slope of the land under the classified vegetation is downhill from the edge of the classified vegetation nearest the site, it is considered 'downslope' regardless of the slope of the land between the site and the edge of the classified vegetation (see Figure 2.2).

Where the slope of the land under the classified vegetation is uphill from the edge of the classified vegetation nearest the site, it is considered 'upslope' regardless of the slope of the land between the site and the edge of the classified vegetation (see Figure 2.2).

TABLE 2.2

SLOPE COMPARISONS

Degrees

45 34 26 21 18 15 14 12 11 10 9 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 4 4. 3 3 3 3

Ratio

1:1 1:1.5

1:2 1:2.5

1:3 1:3.5

1:4 1:4.5

1:5 1:5.5

1:6 1:6.5

1:7 1:7.5

1:8 1:8.5

1:9 1:10

1:11

1:12

1:13 1:14

1:15 1:16

1:17 1:18 1:19

1:20 |

Percentages

100 66 50 40 33 28 25 22 20 18 16 15 14 13 12 11 11 10 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 5.5 5 5



WIT.3000.002.0127

AS 3959-2009 18

Effective slope

Upslope

O O OUpslope

Upslope

Downslope

Downslope

Downslope

2

° O O2

1

LEGEND:

2

° 00 Site 1 - upsiopeSite 2 - downsiope

Building site Classified Edge of classified(elevation) lot vegetation vegetation

NOTE: Effective 'slope' refers to the slope under the classified vegetation in relation to the building-not the slopebetween the classified vegetation and the building.

FIGURE 2.2 DETERMINATION OF EFFECTIVE UPSLOPE AND DOWNSLOPE

Site 1 - downsiopeSite 2 - upslope

o Site 1 - downslopeSite 2 - upslope


WIT.3000.002.0127

AS 3959—2009 18

Effective slope

Upslope

Upslope

Upslope

Downslope

Downslope

Downslope

Site 1 - downslope Site 2 - upslope

Site 1 - downslope Site 2 - upslope

Site 1 - upslope Site 2 - downslope

LEGEND:

Building site ] i n n a 1 (elevation)

Classified vegetation

Edge of classified vegetation

NOTE: Effective 'slope' refers to the slope under the classified vegetation in relation to the building—not the slope between the classified vegetation and the building.

FIGURE 2.2 DETERMINATION OF EFFECTIVE UPSLOPE AND DOWNSLOPE



I

19 AS 3959-2009

2.2.6 Step 5-Determination of Bushfire Attack Level (BAL)

The determination of Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) for a site using Method 1 shall bedetermined in accordance with the following:

(a) Select the relevant table from Tables 2.4.2 to 2.4.5 based on the FDI determined atClause 2.2.2 (Step 1).

(b) Using the relevant table, determine the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) for each of thevegetation classifications determined at Clause 2.2.3 (Step 2), the distance from thesite determined at Clause 2.2.4 (Step 3) and the effective slope determined atClause 2.2.5 (Step 4).

(c) Select the highest Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) obtained from Item (b) above.NOTES:

1 The determination in Tables 2.4.2, 2.4.3, 2.4.4 and 2.4.5 are based. on input values containedin Table 2.4.1.

2 A worked example of determining the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) is shown in Appendix Aand is based on inputs contained in Table 2.4.1.

3 Where any of the input values contained in Table 2.4.1 are not appropriate for the site beingassessed, the assessment should adopt the detailed approach given in Appendix B (Method 2).

2.2.7 Step 6-Determination of the appropriate construction requirements

Proceed to Section 3 to determine the appropriate construction requirements.


WIT.3000.002.0128

19 AS 3959—2009

2.2.6 Step 5—Determination of Bushfire Attack Level (BAL)

The determination of Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) for a site using Method 1 shall be determined in accordance with the following:

(a) Select the relevant table from Tables 2.4.2 to 2.4.5 based on the FDI determined at Clause 2.2.2 (Step 1).

(b) Using the relevant table, determine the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) for each of the vegetation classifications determined at Clause 2.2.3 (Step 2), the distance from the site determined at Clause 2.2.4 (Step 3) and the effective slope determined at Clause 2.2.5 (Step 4).

(c) Select the highest Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) obtained from Item (b) above. NOTES: 1 The determination in Tables 2.4.2, 2.4.3, 2.4.4 and 2.4.5 are based on input values contained

in Table 2.4'. 1. 2 A worked example of determining the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) is shown in Appendix A

and is based on inputs contained in Table 2.4.1. 3 Where any of the input values contained in Table 2.4.1 are not appropriate for the site being

assessed, the assessment should adopt the detailed approach given in Appendix B (Method 2).

2.2.7 Step 6—Determination of the appropriate construction requirements

Proceed to Section 3 to determine the appropriate construction requirements.



WIT.3000.002.0129AS 3959-2009 20

TABLE 2.3

CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION

Vegetation Figure No. inclassification

Vegetation typeFig. 2.3 and

Description(see Tables Figs 2.4(A)2.4.2-2.4.5) to 2.4(G)

Trees over 30 in high; 30-70% foliage cover (may includeTall open forest 01 understorey ranging from rainforest and tree ferns to low trees andTall woodland 02 tall shrubs). Found in areas of high reliable rainfall. Typically

dominated by eucalypts.

A Open forest 03 Trees 10-30 in high; 30-70% foliage cover (may includeForest understorey of sclerophyllous low trees and tall scrubs or grass).

Low open forest 04 Typically dominated by eucalypts.

Not shown in Trees 10-30 in in height at maturity, generally comprising PiousPine plantation Figure 2.3 species or other softwood species, planted as a single species for

the production of timber.

Woodland 05 Trees 10-30 in high; 10-30% foliage cover dominated byeucalypts; understorey low trees to tall shrubs typically dominated

BOpen woodland 06 by Acacia, Callitris or Casuarina.

Woodland Low woodland 07 Low trees and shrubs 2-10 in high; foliage cover less than 10%.

Low open woodland 08Dominated by eucalypts and Acacias. Often have a grassyunderstorey or low shrubs. Acacias and Casuarina woodlands

Open shrubland 09 grade to Atriplex shrublands in the and and semi-arid zones.

Found in wet areas affected by poor soil fertility or shallow soils.

Closed heath 10 Shrubs 1-2 in high often comprising Banksia, Acacia, Hakea andGrevillea. Wet heaths occur in sands adjoining dunes of the

C Open heath 11 littoral (shore) zone. Montane heaths occur on shallow or water-

Shrubland logged soils.

Shrubs <2 in high; greater than 30% foliage cover. UnderstoreysLow shrubland 12 may contain grasses. Acacia and Casuarina often dominant in the

and and semi-arid zones.

Found in areas wet enough to support eucalypt trees, which are

Closed scrub 13affected by poor soil fertility or shallow soils. >30% foliage

Dcover. Dry heaths occur in rocky areas. Shrubs 1-2 in high.Typical of coastal wetlands.

ScrubTrees greater than 2 in high, 10-30% foliage cover. Dominated by

Open scrub 14 eucalypts or co-dominant Melaleuca and Myoporum with a mixedunderstorey.

E Vegetation dominated by shrubs (especially eucalypts and

Mallee/ Tall shrubland is Acacias) with a multi-stemmed habit; usually greater than 2 in inheight <30% foliage cover. Understorey of widespread to dense

Mulga low shrubs (Acacia) or sparse grasses.

Tall closed forest 16 Trees 10-40 in in height; >90% foliage cover; understorey may

F Closed forest 17 contain a large number of species with a variety of heights.Rainforest

Low closed forest 18

Low open shrubland 19 All forms, including situations with shrubs and trees, if the

Hummock grassland 20 overstorey foliage cover is less than 10%.

G Closed tussock grassland 21

Grassland Tussock grassland 22(unmanaged) Open tussock 23(Appears in Sparse open tussock 24Table 2.4.4FDI 50 only Dense sown pasture 25

(see Note 1) Sown pasture 26

Open herbfield 27

Sparse open herbfield 28

NOTES:

I Grassland, although classified as unmanaged, is not considered in the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) (see Clause 2.2.3.2),except in Tasmania.

2 Overstoreys of open woodland, low open woodland, tall open shrubland and low open shrubland should be classified to thevegetation type on the basis of their understoreys; others to be classified on the basis of their overstoreys.

3 Vegetation height is the average height of the top of the overstorey.


AS 3959—2009

WIT.3000.002.0129 20

TABLE 2.3

CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION

Vegetation classification (see Tables 2.4.2-2.4.5)

Vegetation type

Figure No. in Fig. 2.3 and Figs 2.4(A) to 2.4(G)

Description

A

Forest

Tall open forest

Tall woodland

01

02

Trees over 30 m high; 30-70% foliage cover (may include understorey ranging from rainforest and tree ferns to low trees and tall shrubs). Found in areas of high reliable rainfall. Typically dominated by eucalypts.

Open forest

Low open forest

Pine plantation

03 04

Not shown in Figure 2.3

Trees 10-30 m high; 30-70% foliage cover (may include understorey of sclerophyllous low trees and tall scrubs or grass). Typically dominated by eucalypts.

Trees 10-30 m in height at maturity, generally comprising Pinus species or other softwood species, planted as a single species for the production of timber.

B

Woodland

Woodland

Open woodland

05

06

Trees 10-30 m high; 10-30% foliage cover dominated by eucalypts; understorey low trees to tall shrubs typically dominated by Acacia, Callitris or Casuarina.

Low woodland

Low open woodland

Open shrubland

07

08

09

Low trees and shrubs 2-10 m high; foliage cover lessthan 10%. Dominated by eucalypts and Acacias. Often have a grassy understorey or low shrubs. Acacias and Casuarina woodlands grade to Atriplex shrublands in the arid and semi-arid zones.

Shrubland

Closed heath

Open heath

10

11

Found in wet areas affected by poor soil fertility or shallow soils. Shrubs 1-2 m high often comprising Banksia, Acacia, Hakea and Grevillea. Wet heaths occur in sands adjoining dunes of the littoral (shore) zone. Montane heaths occur on shallow or waterlogged soils.

Low shrubland 12 Shrubs <2 m high; greater than 30% foliage cover. Understoreys may contain grasses. Acacia and Casuarina often dominant in the arid and semi-arid zones.

Scrub

Closed scrub 13

Found in areas wet enough to support eucalypt trees, which are affected by poor soil fertility or shallow soils. >30% foliage cover. Dry heaths occur in rocky areas. Shrubs 1-2 m high. Typical of coastal wetlands.

Open scrub 14 Trees greater than 2 m high, 10-30% foliage cover. Dominated by eucalypts or co-dominant Melaleuca and Myoporum with a mixed understorey.

E

Mallee/ Mulga

Tall shrubland 15

Vegetation dominated by shrubs (especially eucalypts and Acacias) with a multi-stemmed habit; usually greater than 2 m in height <30% foliage cover. Understorey of widespread to dense low shrubs (Acacia) or sparse grasses.

Rainforest

Tall closed forest

Closed forest

Low closed forest

16

17

18

Trees 10-40 m in height; >90% foliage cover; understorey may contain a large number of species with a variety of heights.

G Grassland

(unmanaged)

(Appears in Table 2.4.4 FDI 50 only (see Note 1)

Low open shrubland

Hummock grassland

Closed tussock grassland

Tussock grassland

Open tussock

Sparse open tussock

Dense sown pasture

Sown pasture

Open herbfield

Sparse open herbfield

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

All forms, including situations with shrubs and trees, if the overstorey foliage cover is less than 10%.

NOTES:

1 Grassland, although classified as unmanaged, is not considered in the Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) (see Clause 2.2.3.2), except in Tasmania.

2 Overstoreys of open woodland, low open woodland, tall open shrubland and low open shrubland should be classified to the vegetation type on the basis of their understoreys; others to be classified on the basis of their overstoreys.

3 Vegetation height is the average height of the top of the overstorey.



C

__________

____

WIT.3000.002.0130

21

GROUP A FOREST

AS 3959-2009

40 m 40 m 15 m _....,..... __. __ __ _;,.,..

`

30 30

2010207fi, 2m

10 10iWOODLAND 05 OPEN WOODLAND 06 LOW WOODLAND 07 CLOSEDHEATH10

16 m

10

L4m 2m

OPEN HEATH 11LOW OPEN WOODLAND 08 OPEN SHRUBLAND 08

w MIN"LJNL

2m

4m _ 4m -ti

` , ?

4 m

2 42

x a2

° a

CLOSED SCRUB 13 OPEN SCRUB 14 TALL SHRUBLAND 16LOW URUSLAND 12

0.6

CLOSED TUSSOCKGRASSLAND 21

NOTE: Refer to Figures 2.4(A) to 2.4(G) for greater vegetation detail.

OPEN TUSSOCK-23

SPARSEHBRBFtEUOPEN

28

FIGURE 2.3 CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION-SUMMARY


21

wrr.30oo.oo2.oi3o

AS 3959—2009

TALL OPEN FOREST 01 TALL WOODLAND OPEN FOREST 03 LOW OPEN FOREST 04

40 m

30

20

10

15 m

10

I

r ^ f t ! & i

an m

30

20

10

J$&$ m , 1

WOODLAND OS OPEN WOODLAND 08 LOW WOODLAND 07

5

- * -i* * " * - ^ 1 - f-

LOW OPEN WOODLAND 08 OPEN SHRUBLAND OB

CLOSED SCRUB 13 OPEN SCRUB 14 TALL SHRUBLAND 16

2m

GROUP 5 H R U B L A

CLOSED HEATH 10

2 m

JH. mmmmm OPEN HEATH 11

2 m

flMa£k,fi3&.S£ LOW SHRUBLAND 12

TALL CLOSEO FOREST 16 CLOSED FOREST 17 LOW CLOSED FOREST 16

•> m

1

1 m

0.5

4£ *J wwfwr 1 m

0.5

LOW OPEN SHRUBLAND 19

HUMMOCK GRASSLAND 20

CLOSED TUSSOCK GRASSLAND 21

1 m

0.S

m

'*Mjiuti|fcrsf'Vt IBffitf!

TUSSOCK GRASSLAND 22

1 m

0.6

JL

1 m

O.S ftifoiratMi&felMsfl

1 m

O.S

ftfr SPARSE OPEN TUSSOCK 24

DENSE SOWN PASTURE 25

SOWN PASTURE 26

0.5

1 m

0.6

>f«f* m* $® OPEN TUSSOCK 23

^,~r „

OPEN HERBFIELD 27 SPARSE OPEN HERBFIELD 28

NOTE: Refer to Figures 2.4(A) to 2.4(G) for greater vegetation detail.

FIGURE 2.3 CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION—SUMMARY


http://wrr.30oo.oo2.oi3o


illigililitillillilill

AS 3959-2009 22

TALL OPEN FOREST A-l

OPEN FOREST A-03

NOTE: See Table 2.3.

TALL WOODLAND A-02

LOW OPEN FOREST A-04

FIGURE 2.4(A) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION=FOREST


AS 3959—2009 22

40 m

30

20

10

40 m

30

20

10

TALL OPEN FOREST A-01 TALL WOODLAND A-02

40 m

30

20

10

15 m

10

5

WfjjMM

1 v \v

lifcjj&

1*

% fy/r

9stk"Hp

v. /f Crl

t^m^ Ew&

OPEN FOREST A-03 LOW OPEN FOREST A-04


FIGURE 2.4(A) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION—FOREST



WIT.3000.002.0132

23 AS 3959-2009

40 m

30

20

10

WOODLAND B-05

15 m

10

5

hfgif.

iB

LOW WOODLAND B-07

40 m

30

20

10

OPEN WOODLAND B-06

15 m

10

5

LOW OPEN WOODLAND B-08

OPEN SHRUBLAND B-09


FIGURE 2.4(B) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION-WOODLAND

I


23

WIT.3000.002.0132

AS 3959—2009

40 m

30

20

10

40 m

30

20

10

WOODLAND B-05 OPEN WOODLAND B-06

15 m

10

15 m

10

r i f t -4.M * Kiir frr" i i r*

LOW WOODLAND B-07 LOW OPEN WOODLAND B-08

u ,il

^jLl^^i/jSfijk,

VI «i Hi OPEN SHRUBLAND B-09


FIGURE 2.4(B) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION—WOODLAND



AS 3959-2009

2m

1

CLOSED HEATH C-10

2 m

1

OPEN HEATH C-11

2m

1

LOW SHRUBLAND C-12


24

FIGURE 2.4(C) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION-SHRUBLAND


AS 3959—2009 24

WIT.3000.002.0133

2 m

.^te^il^ y ^ ^ ^ ^ f f l XY l7)!rjv\\if)l^\Xkr/plrvwl]^

2 m

2 m

CLOSED HEATH C-10

1

i jLik A IkJ

"- \TVJS\IH/ TWF ki %^sV' J U K ' ^ V ^ '

OPEN HEATH C-11

LOW SHRUBLAND C-12


FIGURE 2.4(C) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION—SHRUBLAND



25 AS 3959-2009

4m

CLOSED SCRUB D-13


OPEN SCRUB D-14

FIGURE 2.4(D) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION-SCRUB

TALL SHRUBLAND E-15


FIGURE 2.4(E) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION-MALLEE/MULGA


25

WIT.3000.002.0134

AS 3959—2009

4 m 4 m

CLOSED SCRUB D-13 OPEN SCRUB D-14


FIGURE 2.4(D) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION—SCRUB

4 m

TALL SHRUBLAND E-15


FIGURE 2.4(E) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION—MALLEE/MULGA



AS 3959-2009 26

EM

TALL CLOSED FOREST F-16 CLOSED FOREST F-17

LOW CLOSED FOREST F-18


FIGURE 2.4(F) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION-RAINFOREST


Wrr.3000.002.0135

AS 3959—2009 26

40 m

30

20

10

40 m

30

20

10

TALL CLOSED FOREST F-16 CLOSED FOREST F-17

15 m

10

5 j j /JSjSj

k^g^Mn

S§§* $3&£fjj&2r4

3' ^ jHatZZ^SEfcS

Hill ISHJftSH

^xfl/JtlaJ rA^yJftW

w<n« TO

Effi.Yy>

lai^mo^

LOW CLOSED FOREST F-18


FIGURE 2.4(F) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION—RAINFOREST



illivillillillillillilWIT.3000.002.0136

27 AS 3959-2009

2m

a yf7 41

0.5

LOW OPEN SHRUBLAND G-19

0.5 0.5womommCLOSED TUSSOCK GRASSLAND G-21

1 m

0.5

\\lll:

OPEN TUSSOCK G-23

1m' ' 1m

0.5

1 m

0.5

DENSE SOWN PASTURE G-25

1 m

1 m

0.5

0.5

1 m

0.5

HUMMOCK GRASSLAND G-20

TUSSOCK GRASSLAND G-22

SPARSE OPEN TUSSOCK G-24

SOWN PASTURE G-26

OPEN HERBFIELD G-27 SPARSE OPEN HERBFIELD G-28


FIGURE 2.4(G) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION-GRASSLAND (UNMANAGED)

www.standards.org.au @ Standards Australia

27

WIT.3000.002.0136

AS 3959—2009

2 m

JdU

LOW OPEN SHRUBLAND G-19

1 m

0.5

HUMMOCK GRASSLAND G-20

T m

0.5

1 m

0.5 T] V*lW'y^Lti'

CLOSED TUSSOCK GRASSLAND G-21 TUSSOCK GRASSLAND G-22

1 m

0.5

OPEN TUSSOCK G-23

1 m

0.5

SPARSE OPEN TUSSOCK G-24

1 m

0.5

DENSE SOWN PASTURE G-25

1 m

0.5

SOWN PASTURE G-26

1 m

0.5

1 m

0.5

. « & ^ »*._

OPEN HERBFIELD G-27 SPARSE OPEN HERBFIELD G-28


FIGURE 2.4(G) CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION—GRASSLAND (UNMANAGED)



WIT.3000.002.0137

AS 3959-2009 28

TABLE 2.4.1

INPUT VALUES USED IN MODELLING

Input name Symbol Unit Values used

Vegetation classification - - Refer to Table B2 of Appendix B

Surface fuel/overall fuel w/W t/ha Refer to Table B2 of Appendix B

Vegetation heightVH in Refer to Table B2 of Appendix B

(shrub and heath)

Fuel age(Tussock moorland)

age y (years) 20

Fuel moisture factorMf - 5

(Tussock moorland)

Heat of combustion H kJ/kg 18 600

100

Fire Danger IndexFDI

80

(Forest and Woodlands) 5040

Wind speed(Shrub and Heath; Tussock V km/h 45moorland)

Ambient temperature Ta K 308

Relative humidity RH % 25

All upslopes and flat land (0 degrees) :0

Downslope >0 to 5 degrees :5

Effective slope slope degrees Downslope >5 to 10 degrees :10



Site slope 0 degreesAssumed to be same as effective slope fordeveloping the prescriptive tables

Flame width Wf in 100

Flame emissivity E - 0.95

Flame temperature T K 1090

Flame angle a degreesDetermined by the algorithm shown inAppendix B

Elevation of receiver h in h = 0.5Lf sina - d tang if 0.5Lfsina> d tangh = 0 if 0.5Lf sina 5 d tang

L= 0 if d:5 0.5Lf cosa, otherwisePath length L in

L = d - 0.5Lf cosa

BAL-LOWBAL-12.5

Radiant heat exposure level R8h kW/m2BAL-19BAL-29BAL-40BAL-FZ


AS 3959—2009 28

TABLE 2.4.1

INPUT VALUES USED IN MODELLING

Input name

Vegetation classification

Surface fuel/overall fuel

Vegetation height (shrub and heath)

Fuel age (Tussock moorland)

Fuel moisture factor (Tussock moorland)

Heat of combustion

Fire Danger Index (Forest and Woodlands)

Wind speed (Shrub and Heath; Tussock moorland)

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Effective slope

Site slope

Flame width

Flame emissivity

Flame temperature

Flame angle

Elevation of receiver

Path length

Radiant heat exposure level

Symbol

—

w/W

VH

age

Mf

H

FDI

V

Ta

RH

slope

e

Wf

e

T

a

h

L

R&

Unit

—

t/ha

m

y (years)

—

kJ/kg

—

km/h

K

%

degrees

degrees

m

—

K

degrees

m

m

kW/m2

Values used

Refer to Table B2 of Appendix B



20

5

18 600

100 80 50 40

45

308

25

All upslopes and flat land (0 degrees)

Downslope >0 to 5 degrees




0

5

10

15

20

Assumed to be same as effective slope for developing the prescriptive tables

100

0.95

1090

Determined by the algorithm shown in Appendix B

h = 0.5If sina - d tan0 if 0.5If sina > d tan0 h = 0 if 0.5Lf sina £ d tan0

L = 0 if d <, 0.5Lf cosa, otherwise L = d- 0.5If cosa

BAL—LOW BAL^12.5 BAL—19 BAL—29 BAL—40 BAL—FZ



111IN111111111

29

TABLE 2.4.2

WIT.3000.002.0138

AS 3959-2009

DETERMINATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)-FDI 100 (1090 K)

Bushfire Attack Levels (BALs)

Vegetation BAL-FZ BAL-40 BAL-29 BAL-19 BAL-12.5classification Distance (m) of the site from the predominant vegetation class


A. Forest <19 19-<25 25-<35 35-<48 48-<100

B. Woodland <12 12-<16 16-<24 24-<33 33-<100

C. Shrubland <10 10-<13 13-<19 19-<27 27-<10O

D. Scrub <7 7-<9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <6 6-<8 8-<12 12-<17 17-<100

F. Rainforest <8 8-<l 1 11-<16 16-<23 23-<100


A. Forest <24 24-<32 32-<43 43-<57 57-<100

B. Woodland <15 15-<21 21-<29 29-<41 41-<100

C. Shrubland <11 11-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

D. Scrub <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<100

F. Rainforest <10 10-<14 14-<20 20-<29 29-<100


A. Forest <31 31-<39 39-<53 53-<69 69-<100

B. Woodland <20 20-<26 26-<37 37-<50 50-<100

C. Shrubland <12 12-<17 17-<24 24-<35 35-<100

D. Scrub <8 8-<11 l1-<17 17-<25 25-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<23 23-<100

F. Rainforest <13 13-<18 18-<26 26-<36 36-<100


A. Forest <39 39-<49 49-<64 64-<82 82-<100

B. Woodland <25 25-<33 33-<45 45-<60 60-<100

C. Shrubland <14 14-<19 19-<28 28-<39 39-<100

D. Scrub <9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<28 28-<l00

E. Mallee/Mulga <8 8-<1 1 1 1-<18 18-<26 26-<100

F. Rainforest <17 17-<23 23-<33 33-<45 45-<l00


A. Forest <50 50-<61 61-<78 78-<98 98-<100

B. Woodland <32 32-<41 41-<56 56-<73 73-<100

C. Shrubland <15 15-<21 21-<31 31-<43 43-<100

D. Scrub <10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<29 29-<100

F. Rainforest <22--d 22-<29 29-<42 42-<56 56-<100


WIT.3000.002.0138

29 AS 3959—2009

TABLE 2.4.2

DETERMINATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)—FDI 100 (1090 K)


A. Forest

B, Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland .

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest


BAL—FZ BAL—40 BAL—29 BAL—19 BAL—12.5

Distance (m) of the site from the predominant vegetation class


<19

<12

<10

<7

<6

<8

19-<25

12-<16

10-<13

7-<9

6-<8

8-<ll

25-<35

16-<24

13-<19

9-<13

8-<12

11-<16

35-<48

24-<33

19-<27

13-<19

12-<17

16-<23

48-<100

33-<100

27-<10Ci

19-<100

17-<100

23-<100


<24

<15

<11

<7

<7

<10

24-<32

15-<21

11-<15

7-<10

7-<9

10-<14

32-<43

21-<29

15-<22

10-<15

9-<13

14-<20

43-<57

29-<41

22-<31

15-<22

13-<20

20-<29

57-<100

41-<100

31-<100

22-<100

20-<100

'. 29-<100


<31

<20

<12

<8

<7

<13

31-<39

20-<26

12-<17

8-<ll

7-<10

13-<18

39-<53

26-<37

17-<24

11-<17

10-<15

18-<26

53-<69

37-<50

24-<35

17-<25

15-<23

26-<36

69-<100

50-<100

35-<100

25-<100

23-<100

36-<100


<39

<25

<14

<9

<8

<17

39-<49

25-<33

14-<19

9-<13

8-<ll

17-<23

49-<64

33-<45

19-<28

13-<19

11-<18

23-<33

64-<82

45-<60

28-<39

19-<28

18-<26

33-<45

82-<100

60-<100

39-<100

28-<100

26-<100

45-<100


<50

<32

<15

<10

<9

<22

50-<61

32-<41

15-<21

10-<15

9-<13

22-<29

61-<78

41-<56

21-<31

15-<22

13-<20

29-<42

78-<98

56-<73

31-<43

22-<31

20-<29

42-<56

98-<100

73-<100

43-<100

31-<100

29-<100

56-<100

wwW.standards.org.au © Standards Australia

http://wwW.standards.org.au

11111111111111110

WIT.3000.002.0139

AS 3959-2009 30

TABLE 2.4.3

DETERMINATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)-FDI 80 (1090 K)


Vegetation BAL=FZ BAL---40 BAL-29 BAL-19 BAL-12.5classification Distance (m) of the site from the predominant vegetation class

All upsiopes and flat land (0 degrees)

A. Forest <16 16-<21 21-<31 31-<42 42-<100

B. Woodland <10 10-<14 14-<20 20-<29 29=<100

C. Shrubland <10 10-<13 13-<19 19-<27 27-<100

D. Scrub <7 7-<9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <6 6-<8 8-<12 12-<17 17-<100

F. Rainforest <6 6-<9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<100


A. Forest <20 20-<27 27-<37 37-<50 50-<100

B. Woodland <13 13-<17 17-<25 25-<35 35-<100

C. Shrubland <11 ll-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

D. Scrub <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<l00

F. Rainforest <8 8-<11 11-<17 17-<24 24-<100


A. Forest <26 26-<33 33-<46 46-<61 61-<100

B. Woodland <16 16=<22 22-<31 31-<43 43-<100

C. Shrubland <12 12-<17 17-<24 24-<35 35-<100

D. Scrub <8 8-<11 11-<17 17-<25 25-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<23 23-<100

F. Rainforest <11 11-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100


A. Forest <33 33-<42 42-<56 56-<73 73-<100

B. Woodland <21 21-<28 28-<39 39-<53 53-<100

C. Shrubland <14 14-<19 19-<28 28-<39 39-<100

D. Scrub <9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<28 28-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <8 8-<11 11-<18 18-<26 26-<100

F. Rainforest <14 14-<19 19-<28 28-<39 39-<100


A. Forest <42 42-<52 52-<68 68-<87 87-<100

B. Woodland <27 .27-<35 35-<48 48-<64 64-<100

C. Shrubland <15 15-<21 21-<31 31-<43 43-<100

D. Scrub <10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<29 29-<100

F. Rainforest <18 18-<25 25-<36 36-<48 48-<100


WIT.3000.002.0139

AS 3959—2009 30

TABLE 2.4.3

DETERMINATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)—FDI 80 (1090 K)


A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest


BAL--FZ BAL—40 BAL—29 BAL—19 BAL—12.5



<16

<10

<10

<7

<6

<6

16-<21

10-<14

10-<13

7-<9

6-<8

6-<9

21-<31

14-<20

13-<19

9-<13

8-<12

9-<13

31-<42

20-<29

19-<27

13-<19

12-<17

13-<19

42-<100

29^<100

27-<100

19-<100

. 17-<100

19-<100


<20

<13

<11

<7

<7

<8

20-<27

13-<17

11-<15

7-<10

7-<9

8-<l l

27-<37 .

17-<25

15-<22

10-<15

9-<13

11-<17

37-<50

25-<35

22-<31

15-<22

13-<20

17-<24

50-<100

35-<100

31-<100

22-<100

20-<100

24-<100


<26

<16

<12

<8

<7

<11

26-<33

16-<22

12-<17

8-<ll

7-<10

11-<15

33-<46

22-<31

17-<24

11-<17

10-<15

15-<22

46-<61

31-<43

24-<35 .

17-<25

15-<23

22-<31

61-<100

43-<100

35-<100

25-<100

23-<100

31-<100


<33

<21

<14

<9

<8

<14

33-<42

21-<28

14-<19

9-<13

8-<ll

14-<19

42-<56

28-<39

19-<28

13-<19

11—<18

19-<28

56-<73

39-<53

28-<39

19-<28

18T<26

28-<39

73-<100

53-<100

39-<100

28-<100

26-<100

39-<100


<42

<27

<15

<10

<9

<18

42-<52

27-<35

15-<21

10-<15

9-<13

18-<25

52-<68

35-<48

21-<31

15-<22

13-<20

25-<36

68-<87

48-<64

31-<43

22-<31

20-<29

36-<48

87-<100

64-<100

43-<100

31-<100

29-<100

48-<100



31 AS 3959-2009

TABLE 2.4.4DETERMINATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)-FDI 50 (1090 K)




A. Forest <12 12-<16 16-<23 23-<32 32-<100

B. Woodland <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<100

C. Shrubland <10 10-<13 13-<19 19-<27 27-<100

D. Scrub <7 - 7-<9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <6 6-<8 8-<12 12-<17 17-<100

F. Rainforest <5 5-<6 6-<9 9-<14 14-<l00

G. Tussock moorland <7 7-<9 9-<14 14-<20 20-<100


A. Forest <14 14-<19 19-<27 27-<38 38-<100

B. Woodland <9 9-<12 12-<18 18-<26 26-<100

C. Shrubland <11 11-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

D. Scrub <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<100

F. Rainforest <6 6-<8 8-<12 12-<17 17-<100



A. Forest <18 18-<24 24-<34 34-<46 46-<100

B. Woodland <11 11-<15 15-<23 23-<32 32-<100

c.Shrubland <12 12-<17 17-<24 24-<35 35-<100

D. Scrub <8 8-<11 11-<17 17-<25 25-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<l0 10-<15 15-<23 23-<100

F. Rainforest <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<100



A. Forest <22 22-<30 30-<41 41-<56 56-<100

B. Woodland <14 14-<19 19-<28 28-<40 40-<100

C. Shrubland <14 14-<19 19-<28 28-<39 39-<100

D. Scrub <9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<28 28-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <8 8-<11 11-<18 18-<26 26-<100

F. Rainforest <9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<28 28-<100



A. Forest <28 28-<37 37-<51 51-<67 67-<100

B. Woodland <18 18-<25 25-<36 36-<48 48-<100

C. Shrubland <15 15-<21 21-<31 31-<43 43-<100

D. Scrub <10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<29 29-<100

F. Rainforest <12 12-<17 17-<25 25-<35 35-<100



wrr.3ooo.oo2.oi4o

31 AS 3959—2009

TABLE 2.4.4 DETERMINATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)—FDI 50 (1090 K)


A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

G. Tussock moorland

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

G. Tussock moorland

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

G. Tussock moorland

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

G. Tussock moorland

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

G. Tussock moorland





<12

<7

<10

<7

<6

<5

<7

12-<16

7-<10

10-<13

•7-<9

6-<8

5-<6

7-<9

16-.<23

10-<15

13-<19

9-<13

8-<12

6-<9

9-<14

23-<32

15-<22

19-<27

13-<19

12-<17

9-<14

14-<20

32-<100

22-<100

27-<100

19-<100

17-<100 .

14-<100

20-<100


<14

<9

<! !

<7

<7

<6

<8

14-<19

9-<12

11—<15

7-<10

7-<9

6-<8

8-<10

19-<27

12-<18

15-<22

10-<15

9-<13

8-<12

10-<16

27-<38

18-<26

22-<31

15-<22

13-<20

12-<17

16-<23

38-<100

26-<100

31-<100

22-<100

20-<100

17-<100

23-<100


<18

<11

<12

<8

<7

<7

<9

18-<24

11-<15

12-<17

8-<ll

7-<10

7-<10

9-<12

24-<34

15-<23

17-<24

11-<17

10-<15

10-<15

12-<18

34^<46

23-<32

24-<35

17-<25

15-<23

15-<22

18-<26

46-<100

32-<100

35-<100

25-<100

23-<100

22-<100

26-<100


<22

<14

<14

<9

<8

<9

<10

22-<30

14-<19

14-<19

9-<13

8-<ll

9-<13

10-<13

30-<41

19-<28

19-<28

13-<19

11-<18

13-<19

13-<20

41-<56

28-<40

28-<39

19-<28

18-<26

19-<28

20-<29

56-<100

40-<100

39-<100

28-<100

26-<100

28-<100

29-<100


<28

<18

<15

<10

<9

<12

<11

28-<37

18-<25

15-<21

10-<15

9-<13

12-<17

11—<15

37-<51

25-<36

21-<31

15-<22

13-<20

17-<25

15-<23

51-<67

36-<48

31-<43

22-<31

20-<29

25-<35

23-<33

67-<100

48-<100

43-<100

31-<100

29-<100

35-<100

33-<100


http://wrr.3ooo.oo2.oi4o


w o___

o o

m en

AS 3959-2009 32

TABLE 2.4.5

DETERMINATION OF BUSHFIRE .ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)-FDI 40 (1090 K)




A. Forest <10 10-<13 13-<20 20-<28 28-<100

B. Woodland <6 6-<9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<100

C. Shrubland <10 10-<13 13-<19 19-<27 27-<100

D. Scrub <7 7-<9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <6 6-<8 8-<12 12-<17 17-<100

F. Rainforest <4 4-<5 5-<8 8-<12 12-<100


A. Forest <12 12-<16 16-<24 24-<34 34-<100

B. Woodland <8 8-<11 11-<16 16-<23 23-<100

C. Shrubland <11 11-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

D. Scrub <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<100

F. Rainforest <5 5-<7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<100


A. Forest <15 15-<20 20-<29 29-<41 41-<100

B. Woodland <9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<28 28-<100

C. Shrubland <12 12-<17 17-<24 24-<35 -35-<100

D. Scrub <8 8-<11 11-<17 17-<25 25-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<23 23-<100

F. Rainforest <6 6-<8 8-<13 13-<19 19-<100


A. Forest <19 19-<25 25-<36 36-<49 49-<100

B. Woodland <12 12-<16 16-<24 24-<35 35-<100

C. Shrubland <14 14-<19 19-<28 28-<39 39-<100

D. Scrub <9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<28 28-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <8 8-<11 11-<18 18-<26 26-<100

F. Rainforest <8 8-<11 11-<16 16-<24 24-<100


A. Forest <24 24-<31 31-<44 44-<59 59-<100

B. Woodland <15 15-<21 21-<31 31-<42 42-<100

C. Shrubland <15 15-<21 21-<31 31-<43 43-<100

D. Scrub <10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<29 29-<100

F. Rainforest <10 10-<14 14-<21 21-<30 30-<100


WIT.3000.002.0141

AS 3959—2009 32

TABLE 2.4.5

DETERMINATION OF BUSOTTRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)—FDI 40 (1090 K)


A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub •

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest





<10

<6

<10

<7

<6

<4

10-<13

6-<9

10-<13

7-<9

6-<8

4-<5

13-<20

9-<13

13-<19

9-<13

8-<12

5-<8

20-<28

13-<19

19-<27

13-<19

12-<17

8-<12

28-<100

19-<100

27-<100

19-<100

17-<100

12-<100


<12

<8

<11

<7

<7

<5

12-<16

8-<ll

11-<15

7-<10

7-<9

5-<7

16-<24

11—<16

15-<22

10-<15

9-<13

7-<10

24-<34

16-<23

22-<31

15-<22

13-<20

10-<15

34-<100

23-<100

31-<100

22-<100

20-<100

15-<100


<15

<9

<12

<8

<7

<6

15-<20

9-<13

12-<17

8-<ll

7-<10

6-<8

20-<29

13-<19

17-<24

11-<17

10-<15

8-<13

29-<41

19-<28

24-<35

17-<25

15-<23

13-<19

41-<100

28-<100

35-<100

25-<100

23-<100

19-<100


<19

<12

<14

<9

<8

<8

19-<25

12-<16

14-<19

9-<13

8-<ll

8-<ll

25-<36

16-<24

19-<28

13-<19

11-<18

11-<16

36-<49

24-<35

28-<39

19-<28

18-<26

16-<24

49-<100

35-<100

39-<100

28-<100

26-<100

24-<100


<24

<15

<15

<10

<9

<10

24-<31

15-<21

15-<21

10-<15

9-<13

10-<14

31-<44

21-<31

21-<31

15-<22

13-<20

14-<21

44-<59

31-<42

31-<43

22-<31

20-<29

21-<30

59-<100

42-<100

43-<100

31-<100

29-<100

30-<100



WIT.3000.002.0142

33 AS 3959-2009

SECTION 3 CONSTRUCTION GENERAL

3.1 GENERAL

This Section specifies -general requirements for the construction of buildings for allBushfire Attack Levels (BALs).

NOTE: There are a number of Standards that. specify requirements for construction; however,where this Standard does not provide construction requirements for a particular element, the otherStandards apply.

The BALs and the corresponding Sections for specific construction requirements are listedin Table-3.1.

TABLE 3.1

BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVELS AND CORRESPONDING SECTIONS FORSPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

Bushfire Classified vegetation

Attack Level within 100 in of the site Description of predicted bushfire attack Construction

(BAL) and heat flux exposure and levels of exposure Sectionthresholds

BAL-LOW See Clause 2.2.3.2There is insufficient risk to warrant

4specific construction requirements

BAL-12.5 512.5 kW/m2 Ember attack 3 and 5

>12 5 kW/m2Increasing levels of ember attack and

BAL-19 .

519 kW/m2burning debris ignited by windborne 3 and'6embers together with increasing heat flux

>19 kW/m2Increasing levels of ember attack and

BAL-29 529 kW/m2 burning debris ignited by windborne 3 and 7embers together with increasing heat flux

Increasing levels of ember attack and

>29 kW/m2burning debris ignited by windborne

BAL-40540 kW/m2

embers together with increasing heat flux 3 and 8with the increased likelihood of exposureto flames

BAL-FZ >40 kW/m2Direct exposure to flames from fire front

3 and 9in addition to heat flux and ember attack

3.2 CONSTRUCTION. REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC STRUCTURES

3.2.1 Attached structures

Where any part of a garage, carport, veranda or similar roofed structure is attached to, orshares a common roof space with, a building required to comply with this Standard, theentire garage, carport, veranda or similar roofed structure shall comply with theconstruction requirements of this Standard, as applicable to the subject building.

Alternatively, the structure shall be separated from the subject building by a wall thatextends to the underside of a non-combustible roof covering, and that complies with one ofthe following:

(a) The wall shall have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 for loadbearing walls and-/60/60 for non-loadbearing walls when tested from the attached structure side andshall have openings protected as follows:

(i) Doorways-by FRL -/60/30 self-closing fire doors.


••i WIT.3000.002.0142

33 AS 3959—2009

S E C T I O N 3 C O N S T R U C T I O N G E N E R A L

3.1 GENERAL

This Section specifies -general requirements for the construction of buildings for all Bushfire Attack Levels (BALs).

NOTE: There are a number of Standards that specify requirements for construction; however, where this Standard does not provide construction requirements for a particular element, the other Standards apply.

The BALs and the corresponding Sections for specific construction requirements are listed in Table 3.1.

TABLE 3.1

BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVELS AND CORRESPONDING SECTIONS FOR SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

Bushfire Attack Level

(BAL)

BAL—LOW

BAL—12.5

BAL—19

BAL—29

BAL—40

BAL—FZ

Classified vegetation within 100 m of the site and heat flux exposure

thresholds

See Clause 2.2.3.2

512.5 kW/m2

>12.5 kW/m2

519 kW/m2

>19 kW/m2

529 kW/ra2

>29 kW/m2

540 kW/m2

>40 kW/m2

Description of predicted bushfire attack and levels of exposure

There is insufficient risk to warrant specific construction requirements

Ember attack

Increasing levels of ember attack and burning debris ignited by windborne embers together with increasing heat flux

Increasing levels of ember attack and burning debris ignited by windborne embers together with increasing heat flux

Increasing levels of ember attack and burning debris ignited by windborne embers together with increasing heat flux with the increased likelihood of exposure to flames

Direct exposure to flames from fire front in addition to heat flux and ember attack

Construction Section

4

3 and 5

3 and 6

3 and 7

3 and 8

3 and 9

3.2 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC STRUCTURES

3.2.1 Attached structures

Where any part of a garage, carport, veranda or similar roofed structure is attached to, or shares a common roof space with, a building required to comply with this Standard, the entire garage, carport, veranda or similar roofed structure shall comply with the construction requirements of this Standard, as applicable to the subject building.

Alternatively, the structure shall be separated from the subject building by a wall that extends to the underside of a non-combustible roof covering, and that complies with one of the following:

(a) The wall shall have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 for loadbearing walls and -/60/60 for non-loadbearing walls when tested from the attached structure side and shall have openings protected as follows:

(i) Doorways—by FRL -/60/30 self-closing fire doors.



11

AS 3959-2009 34

WIT.3000.002.0143111111111111111

(ii) Windows-by FRL /60% fire windows permanently fixed in the closedposition.

(iii) Other openings-by construction with an FRL not less than -/60/-.NOTE: Control and construction joints, subfloor vents, weepholes and penetrations forpipes and conduits need not comply with the above [Item (iii)].

or

(b) The wall shall be of masonry, earth wall or masonry-veneer construction with themasonry leaf of not less than 90 mm in thickness and shall have openings protected asfollows:


(ii) Windows-by FRL -/60/- fire windows permanently fixed in the closedposition.

(iii) Other openings-by construction with an FRL not less than -/60/-.NOTE: Control and construction joints, subfloor vents,. weepholes and penetrations forpipes and conduits need not comply, with the above [Item (iii)].

3.2.2 Garages and carports below the subject building

Where a garage or carport is below a building required to comply with this Standard, itshall comply with the construction requirements of this Standard, as applicable to thesubject building.

Alternatively,. any construction separating the garage or carport (including walls andflooring systems) from the remainder of the building shall comply with one of thefollowing:

(a) The separating construction shall have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 forloadbearing construction and -160/60 for non-loadbearing construction when testedfrom the garage or carport side and shall have openings protected in accordance withthe following:

(i) Doorways-by -/60/30 self-closing fire doors.

(ii) Windows-by -/60/- fire windows permanently fixed in the closed position.


or

(b) Where part or all of the separating construction is a wall, the wall need not complywith Item (a) above, provided the wall is of masonry, earth wall or masonry-veneerconstruction with the masonry leaf of not less than 90 mm in thickness and the wallhas openings protected in accordance with the following:

(i) Doorways-by -/60/30 self-closing fire doors.

(ii) Windows-by -/60/- fire windows permanently fixed in the closed position.



AS 3959—2009 34

(ii) Windows—by FRL -/60/- fire windows permanently fixed in the closed position.

(iii) Other openings—by construction with an FRL not less than -/60/-. NOTE: Control and construction joints, subfloor vents, weepholes and penetrations for pipes and conduits need not comply with the above [Item (iii)].

or

(b) The wall shall be of masonry, earth wall or masonry-veneer construction with the masonry leaf of not less than 90 mm in thickness and shall have openings protected as follows:



(iii) Other openings—by construction with an FRL not less than -/60/-. NOTE: Control and construction joints, subfloor vents, weepholes and penetrations for pipes and conduits need not comply, with the above [Item (iii)].

3.2.2 Garages and carports below the subject building

Where a garage or carport is below a building required to comply with this Standard, it shall comply with the construction requirements of this Standard, as applicable to the subject building.

Alternatively, any construction separating the garage or carport (including walls and flooring systems) from the remainder of the building shall comply with one of the following:

(a) The separating construction shall have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 for loadbearing construction and -/60/60 for non-loadbearing construction when tested from the garage or carport side and shall have openings protected in accordance with the following:

(i) Doorways—by -/60/30 self-closing fire doors.

(ii) Windows—by -/60/- fire windows permanently fixed in the closed position.


or

(b) Where part or all of the separating construction is a wall, the wall need not comply with Item (a) above, provided the wall is of masonry, earth wall or masonry-veneer construction with the masonry leaf of not less than 90 mm in thickness and the wall has openings protected in accordance with the following:

(i) Doorways—by -/60/30 self-closing fire doors.

(ii) Windows—by -/60/- fire windows permanently fixed in the closed position.




WIT.3000.002.0144

35 AS 3959-2009

3.2.3 Adjacent structures

Where any garage, carport, or similar roofed structure is not attached to a building requiredto comply with this Standard, the entire garage, carport, or similar roofed structure on thesubject allotment shall comply with the construction requirements of this Standard.

Alternatively, the adjacent structure shall be separated from the subject building by one ofthe following:

(a) A distance of not less than 6 in from the building required to comply with thisStandard.

or

(b) A wall that extends to the underside of a non-combustible roof covering and has anFRL of not less than 60/60/60 for loadbearing walls and -/60/60 for non-loadbearingwalls when tested from the attached structure side. Any openings in the wall shall beprotected in accordance with the following:

(i) Doorways-by FRL /60/30 self-closing fire doors.



or

(c) A wall that extends to the underside of a non-combustible roof covering and is ofmasonry, earth wall or masonry-veneer construction with the masonry leaf of not lessthan 90 mm in thickness. Any openings in the wall shall be protected in accordancewith the following:




3.3 EXTERNAL MOULDINGS

Unless otherwise required in Sections 4 to 9, combustible external mouldings, jointingstrips, trims and sealants may be used for decorative purposes or to cover joints betweensheeting material.

3.4 HIGHER LEVELS OF CONSTRUCTION

Construction requirements specified for a particular Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) shall beacceptable for a lower level. For example, if the site has been assessed at BAL-12.5,BAL-12.5 construction is required; however any element or combination of elementscontained BAL-19, BAL-29, BAL-40 and BAL-FZ levels of construction may beused to satisfy this Standard.


Wrr.3000.002.0144

35 AS 3959—2009

3.2.3 Adjacent structures

Where any garage, carport, or similar roofed structure is not attached to a building required to comply with this Standard, the entire garage, carport, or similar roofed structure on the subject allotment shall comply with the construction requirements of this Standard.

Alternatively, the adjacent structure shall be separated from the subject building by one of the following:

(a) A distance of not less than 6 m from the building required to comply with this Standard.

or

(b) A wall that extends to the underside of a non-combustible roof covering and has an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 for loadbearing walls and -/60/60 for non-loadbearing walls when tested from the attached structure side. Any openings in the wall shall be protected in accordance with the following:




or

(c) A wall that extends to the underside of a non-combustible roof covering and is of masonry, earth wall or masonry-veneer construction with the masonry leaf of not less than 90 mm in thickness. Any openings in the wall shall be protected in accordance with the following:


(ii) Windows—by FRL -1601- fire windows permanently fixed in the closed position.


3.3 EXTERNAL MOULDINGS

Unless otherwise required in Sections 4 to 9, combustible external mouldings, jointing strips, trims and sealants may be used for decorative purposes or to cover joints between sheeting material.

3.4 HIGHER LEVELS OF CONSTRUCTION

Construction requirements specified for a particular Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) shall be acceptable for a lower level. For example, if the site has been assessed at BAL—12.5, BAL—12.5 construction is required; however any element or combination of elements contained BAL—19, BAL—29, BAL—40 and BAL—FZ levels of construction may be used to satisfy this Standard.



111101111111111111 itWIT.3000.002.0145

AS 3959-2009 36

3.5 REDUCTION IN CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS DUE TO SHIELDING

The construction requirements for the next lower BAL than that determined for the site maybe applied to an elevation of the building where the elevation is not exposed to the sourceof bushfire attack. An elevation is deemed to be not exposed to the source of bushfire attackif all of the . straight lines between that elevation and the source of bushfire attack areobstructed by another part of the building (see Figure 3.1).

The construction requirements for a shielded elevation shall be not less than that requiredfor BAL-12.5, except where the exposed elevations have been determined as BAL-LOW.


AS 3959—2009 36

WIT.3000.002.0145

3.5 REDUCTION IN CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS DUE TO SHIELDING

The construction requirements for the next lower BAL than that determined for the site may be applied to an elevation of the building where the elevation is not exposed to the source of bushfire attack. An elevation is deemed to be not exposed to the source of bushfire attack if all of the straight lines between that elevation and the source of bushfire attack are obstructed by another part of the building (see Figure 3.1).

The construction requirements for a shielded elevation shall be not less than that required for BAL—12.5, except where the exposed elevations have been determined as BAL—LOW.



rirmre37

- Direction of fire attackWalls shielded from fire attack

FIGURE 3.1 EXAMPLES OF WALLS SUBJECT TO SHIELDING

AS 3959-2009


37

WIT.3000.002.0146

AS 3959—2009

Direction of fire attack

Walls shielded from fire attack

FIGURE 3.1 EXAMPLES OF WALLS SUBJECT TO SHIELDING



WIT.3000,002.0147

AS 3959-2009 38

3.6 VENTS, WEEPHOLES AND GAPS

Where a circular probe of 3 mm diameter is capable of being passed through external vents,weepholes or gaps, the vents, weepholes and gaps shall be screened as specified inSections 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9, except for weepholes from the frames of windows and glazeddoors.

To determine the maximum aperture size of screening material, it shall not be possible topass a circular probe of 2 mm diameter through the aperture.

Gaps between doors and the door jambs, heads or sills (thresholds) shall be as shown inFigure 3.2. Alternatively, gaps shall be protected by draught excluders.

C3.6 Weepholes from the frames of windows and glazed doors and those gaps betweendoors and door jambs, heads or sills (thresholds) that may exceed 3 mm (see Figure 3.2)are exempt from screening because they do not provide a direct passage for embers to theinterior of the building or building cavity.


WIT.3000.002.0147

AS 3959—2009 38

3.6 VENTS, WEEPHOLES AND GAPS

Where a circular probe of 3 mm diameter is capable of being passed through external vents, weepholes or gaps, the vents, weepholes and gaps shall be screened as specified in Sections 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9, except for weepholes from the frames of windows and glazed doors.

To determine the maximum aperture size of screening material, it shall not be possible to pass a circular probe of 2 mm diameter through the aperture.

Gaps between doors and the door jambs, heads or sills (thresholds) shall be as shown in Figure 3.2. Alternatively, gaps shall be protected by draught excluders.

C3.6 Weepholes from the frames of windows and glazed doors and those gaps between doors and door jambs, heads or sills (thresholds) that may exceed 3 mm (see Figure 3.2) are exempt from screening because they do not provide a direct passage for embers to the interior of the building or building cavity.



11 I u

39 AS 3959-2009

Head

May exceed 3mm

3mm or lessclear gap

3mm or less

Door

I- 3mm or less

Sill

(a) Open out

Jamb

(c) Either opening in or out

FIGURE 3.2 GAPS BETWEEN DOORS AND THE DOOR JAMBS,HEADS OR SILLS (THRESHOLDS)

3.7 BUSHFIRE SHUTTERS

Bushfire shutters shall-

(a) be fixed to the building and be non-removable;

(b) when in the closed position, have no gap greater than 3 mm between the shutter andthe wall, the sill or the head;

(c) be readily manually operable from either inside or outside;

(d) protect the entire window assembly or door assembly;

(e) consist of materials specified in Clauses 5.5.1, 6.5.1, 7.5.1, 8.5.1 and 9.5.1 for therelevant BAL; and

DoorI

May exceed--I -- - May exceed3mm 3mm

-11

Head

May exceed 3mmI_ 3mm or less

Door

3 mm lessr gap

(b) Open in

Jamb

3mm or 3mm orless less


39

WIT.3000.002.0148

AS 3959—2009

May exceed 3 mm r Head

3 mm or less-i clear gap J_

Door

May exceed 3 mm r -3mm or less

-3mm or less

(a) Open out

Head

Door

-3 mm or less

3 mm or less clear gap

(b) Open in

Jamb

r3mm or 3mm or-. less less 1

Jamb

Door T

May exceed 3 mm

-4- -4-(c) Either opening in or out

May exceed 3 mm

FIGURE 3.2 GAPS BETWEEN DOORS AND THE DOOR JAMBS, HEADS OR SILLS (THRESHOLDS)

3.7 BUSHFIRE SHUTTERS

Bushfire shutters shall—

(a) be fixed to the building and be non-removable;

(b) when in the closed position, have no gap greater than 3 mm between the shutter and the wall, the sill or the head;

(c) be readily manually operable from either inside or outside;

(d) protect the entire window assembly or door assembly;

(e) consist of materials specified in Clauses 5.5.1, 6.5.1, 7.5.1, 8.5.1 and 9.5.1 for the relevant BAL; and



iiiWIT.3000.002.0149

AS 3959=2009 40

(f) where perforated, have-

(i) uniformly distributed perforations with a maximum aperture of 3 mm when theshutter is providing radiant heat protection or 2 mm when the shutter is alsoproviding ember protection (such as where the openable portion of the windowis not screened in accordance with the requirements of the respective BAL); and

(ii) a perforated area no greater than 20% of the shutter.

If bushfire shutters are fitted to all external doors then at least one of those shutters shall beoperable from the inside to facilitate safe egress from the building.

3.8 TESTING TO AS 1530.8

Where any material, element of construction or system satisfies the test criteria ofAS 1530.8.1, for any BAL (BAL-12.5 to BAL-40) and AS 1530.8.2 (BAL-FZ) itsatisfies the requirements of that BAL.

If any material, element of construction or system satisfies the test criteria withoutscreening for ember protection, the requirements of this Standard for screening of openableparts of windows or doors shall still apply.

3.9 GLAZING

Glazing requirements shall be in accordance with Sections 5 to 9 of this Standard.

See AS 1288 for an explanation of the terminologies used to describe various types of glassin this Standard.


WIT.3000.002.0149

AS 3959-2009 40

(f) where perforated, have—

(i) uniformly distributed perforations with a maximum aperture of 3 mm when the shutter is providing radiant heat protection or 2 mm when the shutter is also providing ember protection (such as where the openable portion of the window is not screened in accordance with the requirements of the respective BAL); and

(ii) a perforated area no greater than 20% of the shutter.

If bushfire shutters are fitted to all external doors then at least one of those shutters shall be operable from the inside to facilitate safe egress from the building.

3.8 TESTING TO AS 1530.8

Where any material, element of construction or system satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1, for any BAL (BAL—12.5 to BAL—40) and AS 1530.8.2 (BAL—FZ) it satisfies the requirements of that BAL.

If any material, element of construction or system satisfies the test criteria without screening for ember protection, the requirements of this Standard for screening of openable parts of windows or doors shall still apply.

3.9 GLAZING

Glazing requirements shall be in accordance with Sections 5 to 9 of this Standard.

See AS 1288 for an explanation of the terminologies used to describe various types of glass in this Standard.



41 AS 3959-2009

SECTION 4 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIREATTACK LEVEL LOW (BAL-LOW)

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for buildings assessed inbushfire-prone areas in accordance with Section 2 as being BAL-LOW.

NOTE: There are a number of Standards that specify requirements for construction; however,where this Standard does not provide- construction requirements for a particular element, the otherStandards apply.

The Bushfire Attack Level BAL-LOW is based on insufficient risk to warrant specificbushfire construction requirements. It is predicated on low threat vegetation and non-vegetated areas (see Clause 2.2.3.2).


wrr.300o.oo2.oi50

41 AS 3959—2009

SECTION 4 C O N S T R U C T I O N FOR B U S H F I R E A T T A C K L E V E L L O W ( B A L — L O W )

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for buildings assessed in bushfire-prone areas in accordance with Section 2 as being BAL—LOW.


The Bushfire Attack Level BAL—LOW is based on insufficient risk to warrant specific bushfire construction requirements. It is predicated on low threat vegetation and non-vegetated areas (see Clause 2.2.3.2).


http://wrr.300o.oo2.oi50


WIT.3000.002.0151

AS 3959-2009 42

SECTION 5 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIREATTACK LEVEL 12.5 (BAL-12.5)

5.1 GENERAL

A building assessed in Section 2 as being BAL-12.5 shall comply with Section 3 andClauses 5.2 to 5.8.

NOTE: There are a number of Standards that specify requirements for construction; however,where this Standard does not provide construction requirements for a particular element, the otherStandards apply.

Any element of construction or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 may beused in lieu of the applicable requirements contained in Clauses 5.2 to 5.8 (see Clause 3.8).

NOTE: BAL-12.5 is primarily concerned with protection from ember attack and radiant heat upto and including 12.5 kW/m2 where the site is less than 100 in from the source of bushfire attack.

5.2 SUBFLOOR SUPPORTS

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for' subfloor support posts,columns, stumps, piers and poles.

NOTE: The exclusion of requirements for subfloor supports applies to the principal building onlyand not to verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings (see Clause 5.7).

C5.2 . Ideally, storage of combustible materials beneath a floor at this BAL would notoccur and on this assumption, there is no requirement to enclose the subfloor space orto protect flooring materials from bushfare attack. However, should combustiblematerials be stored, it is recommended the area be protected as materials stored in thesubfloor space may be ignited by embers and cause an impact to the building.

5.3 FLOORS.

5.3.1 Concrete slabs on ground

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for concrete slabs on the ground.

5.3.2 Elevated floors

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, includingbearers, joists and flooring.

5.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

5.4.1 Walls

That part of an external wall surface that is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having anangle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width fromthe wall (see Figure D3, Appendix D) shall be of-

(a) non-combustible material; or

(b) fibre-cement external cladding, a minimum of 6' mm in thickness; or

(c) bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F); or

(d) a timber species as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or

(e) a combination of any of Items (a), (b), (c) or (d) above.

@ Standards Australia www.standards.org.au

AS 3959—2009 42

wrr.30oo.oo2.oi5i

SECTION 5 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIRE A T T A C K LEVEL 12.5 (BAL—12.5)

5.1 GENERAL

A building assessed in Section 2 as being BAL—12.5 shall comply with Section 3 and Clauses 5.2 to 5.8.


Any element of construction or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 may be used in lieu of the applicable requirements contained in Clauses 5.2 to 5.8 (see Clause 3.8).

NOTE: BAL—12.5 is primarily concerned with protection from ember attack and radiant heat up to and including 12.5 kW/m2 where the site is less than 100 m from the source of bushfire attack.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor support posts, columns, stumps, piers and poles.

NOTE: The exclusion of requirements for subfloor supports applies to the principal building only and not to verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings (see Clause 5.7).

C5.2 Ideally, storage of combustible materials beneath a floor at this BAL would not occur and on this assumption, there is no requirement to enclose the subfloor space or to protect flooring materials from bushfire attack. However, should combustible materials be stored, it is recommended the area be protected as materials stored in the subfloor space may be ignited by embers and cause an impact to the building.

5.3 FLOORS


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for concrete slabs on the ground.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, including bearers, joists and flooring.

5.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

5.4.1 Walls

That part of an external wall surface that is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the wall (see Figure D3, Appendix D) shall be of—


(b) fibre-cement external cladding, a minimum of 6' mm in thickness; or


(d) a timber species as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or



http://wrr.30oo.oo2.oi5i


urnWrr.3ooo.0o2.0j52

43 AS 3959-2009

There are no requirements for external wall surfaces 400 mm or more from the ground orfor external wall surfaces 400 mm or more above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similarelements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extendingmore than 110 mm in width from the wall (see Figure D3, Appendix D).

5.4.2 Joints

All joints in the external surface material of walls shall be covered, sealed, overlapped,backed or.buttjointed to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm.

Alternatively, sarking-type material may be applied over the outer face of the frame prior tofixing any external cladding.

5.4.3 Vents and weepholes

Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with a mesh with a maximumaperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium, except where thevents and weepholes are less than 3 mm (see Clause 3.6), or are located in an external wallof a subfloor space.

5.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNALDOORS

5.5.1 Bushfire shutters

Where fitted, bushfire shutters shall comply with Clause 3.7 and be made from-


(b) a timber species as specified in Paragraph E1 and listed in Table E1, Appendix E; or


(d) a combination of any of Items (a), (b) or (c) above.

5.5.2 Windows

Window assemblies shall comply with one of the following:

(a) They shall be completely protected by a bushfire shutter that complies withClause 5.5.1.

or

(b) They shall be completely protected externally by screens with a mesh with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

or

(c) They shall comply with the following:

(i) For window assemblies less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mmabove decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having anangle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm inwidth from the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D), window framesand window joinery shall be made from one of the following:

(A) Bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F).

or

(B) A timber species specified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table E2,Appendix E.

or

(C) Metal.

or


WIT.3000.002.0152

43 AS 3959—2009

There are no requirements for external wall surfaces 400 mm or more from the ground or for external wall surfaces 400 mm or more above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings haying an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the wall (see Figure D3, Appendix D).

5.4.2 Joints

All joints in the external surface material of walls shall be covered, sealed, overlapped, backed or butt-jointed to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm.

Alternatively, sarking-type material may be applied over the outer face of the frame prior to fixing any external cladding.


Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium, except where the vents and weepholes are less than 3 mm (see Clause 3.6), or are located in an external wall of a subfloor space.

5.5 EXTERNAL GLAZED ELEMENTS AND ASSEMBLIES AND EXTERNAL DOORS


Where fitted, bushfire shutters shall comply with Clause 3.7 and be made from—


(b) a timber species as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or



5.5.2 Windows


(a) They shall be completely protected by a bushfire shutter that complies with Clause 5.5.1.

or

(b) They shall be completely protected externally by screens with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

or


(i) For window assemblies less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D), window frames and window joinery shall be made from one of the following:


or

(B) A timber species specified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table E2, Appendix E.

or

(C) Metal.

or



111111111 I1IifWIT.3000.002.0153

AS 3959-2009 44

(D) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made fromaluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the frame andsash shall satisfy the design load, performance and structural strength ofthe member.

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the sash in its functions of opening andclosing shall be metal.

(iii) Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm abovedecks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angleless than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in widthfrom the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D), the glazing shall beGrade A safety glass minimum 4 mm, or glass blocks with no restriction onglazing methods.

NOTE: Where double glazed units are used the above requirements apply to theexternal face of the window assembly only.

(iv) Where glazing is other than that specified in Item (iii) above, annealed glassmay be used.

(v) The openable portions of windows shall be screened with mesh with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze oraluminium.

5.5.3 Doors-Side-hung external doors (including French doors, panel fold andbi-fold doors)

Side-hung external doors, including French doors, panel fold and bi-fold doors, shallcomply with one of the following:

(a) They shall be protected by a bushfire shutter that complies with Clause 5.5.1.

or


or


(i) Doors shall be-

(A) non-combustible; or

(B) a solid timber door, having a minimum thickness of 35 mm for the first400 mm above the threshold; or

(C) a door, including a hollow core door, with a non-combustible kickplate onthe outside for the first 400 mm above the threshold; or

(D) a fully framed glazed door, where the framing is made from materialsrequired for bushfire shutters (see Clause 5.5.1), or from a timber speciesspecified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table'E2, Appendix E.

(ii) Where doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall comply with the glazingrequirements for windows.

(iii) Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, ifapplicable.


AS 3959—2009 44

WIT.3000.002.0153

(D) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made from aluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the frame and sash shall satisfy the design load, performance and structural strength of the member.

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the sash in its functions of opening and closing shall be metal.

(iii) Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D), the glazing shall be Grade A safety glass minimum 4 mm, or glass blocks with no restriction on glazing methods. NOTE: Where double glazed units are used the above requirements apply to the external face of the window assembly only.

(iv) Where glazing is other than that specified in Item (iii) above, annealed glass may be used.

(v) The openable portions of windows shall be screened with mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

5.5.3 Doors—Side-hung external doors (including French doors, panel fold and bi-fold doors)

Side-hung external doors, including French doors, panel fold and bi-fold doors, shall comply with one of the following:


or


or


(i) Doors shall be—


(B) a solid timber door, having a minimum thickness of 35 mm for the first 400 mm above the threshold; or

(C) a door, including a hollow core door, with a non-combustible kickplate on the outside for the first 400 mm above the threshold; or

(D) a fully framed glazed door, where the framing is made from materials required for bushfire shutters (see Clause 5.5.1), or from a timber species specified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table E2, Appendix E.

(ii) Where doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall comply with the glazing requirements for windows.

(iii) Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, if applicable.



45 AS 3959-2009

(iv) Where any part of the door assembly is less than 400 mm from the ground orless than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements orfittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extendingmore than 110 mm in width from the door (see Figure D3, Appendix D), thatpart of the door assembly shall be made from one of the following:


or

(B) A timber species specified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table E2,Appendix E.

(D) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made fromaluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the doorassembly shall satisfy the `design load, performance and structuralstrength of the member.

(v) Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the baseof side-hung external doors.

5.5.4 Doors-Sliding doors

Sliding doors shall comply with one of the following:


or


or


(i) Any glazing incorporated in sliding doors shall be Grade A safety glasscomplying with AS 1288.

(ii) There is no requirement to screen the openable part of the sliding door.However, if screened, the screens shall be a mesh or perforated sheet made ofcorrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium:NOTE: The construction of manufactured sliding doors should prevent the entry ofembers when the door is closed. There is no requirement to provide screens to theopenable part of these doors as it is assumed that a sliding door will be closed ifoccupants are not present or during a bushfire event. Screens of materials other thanthose specified may not resist ember attack.

(iii) Sliding doors shall be tight-fitting in the frames.

5.5.5 Doors-Vehicle access doors (garage doors)

The following apply to vehicle access doors:

(a) The lower portion of a vehicle access door that is within 400 mm of the ground whenthe door is closed (see Figure D4, Appendix D) shall be made from-

(i) non-combustible material; or

(ii) bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F); or

(iii) fibre-cement sheet, a minimum of 6 mm in thickness; or


WIT.3000.002.0154

45 AS 3959—2009

(iv) Where any part of the door assembly is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the door (see Figure D3, Appendix D), that part of the door assembly shall be made from one of the following:


or

(B) A timber species specified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table E2, Appendix E.

or

(C) Metal.

or

(D) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made from aluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the door assembly shall satisfy the design load, performance and structural strength of the member.

(v) Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the base of side-hung external doors.

5.5.4 Doors—Sliding doors



or


or


(i) Any glazing incorporated in sliding doors shall be Grade A safety glass complying with AS 1288.

(ii) There is no requirement to screen the openable part of the sliding door. However, if screened, the screens shall be a mesh or perforated sheet made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium. NOTE: The construction of manufactured sliding doors should prevent the entry of embers when the door is closed. There is no requirement to provide screens to the openable part of these doors as it is assumed that a sliding door will be closed if occupants are not present or during a bushfire event. Screens of materials other than those specified may not resist ember attack.


5.5.5 Doors—Vehicle access doors (garage doors)


(a) The lower portion of a vehicle access door that is within 400 mm of the ground when the door is closed (see Figure D4, Appendix D) shall be made from—






II___In

AS 3959-2009 46

(iv) a timber species specified in Paragraph E1 and listed in Table E1, Appendix E;or

(v) a combination of any of Items (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above.

(b) Panel lift, tilt doors or side-hung doors shall be fitted with suitable weather strips,draught excluders, draught seals or guide tracks, as appropriate to the door type, witha maximum gap no greater than 3 mm.

(c) Roller doors shall have guide tracks with a maximum gap no greater than 3 mm andshall be fitted with a nylon brush that is in contact with the door (see Figure D4,Appendix D).

(d) Vehicle access doors shall not include ventilation slots.

5.6 ROOFS (INCLUDING VERANDA AND ATTACHED CARPORT ROOFS,PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS' AND DOWNPIPES)

5.6.1 General

The following apply to all types of roofs and roofing systems:

(a) Roof tiles, roof sheets and roof-covering accessories shall be non-combustible.

(b) The roof/wall junction shall be sealed, to prevent openings greater than 3 mm, eitherby the use of fascia and eaves linings or by sealing between the top of the wall andthe underside of the roof and between the rafters at the line of the wall.

(c) Roof ventilation openings, such as gable and roof vents, shall be fitted with emberguards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

5.6.2 Tiled roofs

Tiled roofs shall be fully sarked. The sarking shall-

(a) have a flammability index of not more than 5;

(b) be located directly below the roof battens;

(c) cover the entire roof area including the ridge;- and

(d) be installed so that there are no gaps that would allow the entry of embers where thesarking meets fascias, gutters, valleys and the like.

5.6.3 Sheet roofs

Sheet roofs shall-

(a) be fully sarked in accordance with Clause 5.6.2, except that foil-backed insulationblankets may be installed over the battens;

or

(b) have any gaps greater than 3 mm, under corrugations or ribs of sheet roofing andbetween roof components, sealed at the fascia or wall line and at valleys, hips andridges by-

(i) a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made ofcorrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium; or

(ii) mineral wool; or

(iii) other non-combustible material; or

(iv) a combination of any of Items (i), (ii) or (iii) above.


iiiniiuiiii! wrr.3dbo.oo2.oi55

AS 3959—2009 46

(iv) a timber species specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or


(b) Panel lift, tilt doors or side-hung doors shall be fitted with suitable weather strips, draught excluders, draught seals or guide tracks, as appropriate to the door type, with a maximum gap no greater than 3 mm.

(c) Roller doors shall have guide tracks with a maximum gap no greater than 3 mm and shall be fitted with a nylon brush that is in contact with the door (see Figure D4, Appendix D).


5.6 ROOFS (INCLUDING VERANDA AND ATTACHED CARPORT ROOFS, PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES)

5.6.1 General



(b) The roof/wall junction shall be sealed, to prevent openings greater than 3 mm, either by the use of fascia and eaves linings or by sealing between the top of the wall and the underside of the roof and between the rafters at the line of the wall.

(c) Roof ventilation openings, such as gable and roof vents, shall be fitted with ember guards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

5.6.2 Tiled roofs

Tiled roofs shall be fully sarked. The sarking shall—

(a) have a flammability index of not more than 5;


(c) cover the entire roof area including the ridge; and

(d) be installed so that there are no gaps that would allow the entry of embers where the sarking meets fascias, gutters, valleys and the like.

5.6.3 Sheet roofs

Sheet roofs shall—

(a) be fully sarked in accordance with Clause 5-6.2, except that foil-backed insulation blankets may be installed over the battens;

or

(b) have any gaps greater than 3 mm, under corrugations or ribs of sheet roofing and between roof components, sealed at the fascia or wall line and at valleys, hips and ridges by—

(i) a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium; or





http://wrr.3dbo.oo2.oi55


WIT.3000.002.0156

47 AS 3959-2009

5.6.4 Veranda, carport and awning roofs

The following apply to veranda, carport and awning roofs:

(a) A veranda, carport or awning roof forming part of the main roof space [seeFigure D 1(a), Appendix D] shall meet all the requirements for the main roof, asspecified in Clauses 5.6.1, 5.6.2, 5.6.3, 5.6.5 and 5.6.6.

(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof.separated from the main roof space by an externalwall [see Figures Dl(b) and D1(c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 5.4 shallhave a non-combustible roof covering.

NOTE: There is no requirement to line the underside of a veranda, carport or awning roof that isseparated from the main roof space.

5.6.5 Roof penetrations

The following apply to roof penetrations:

(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, roof-mounted evaporativecooling units, aerials, vent pipes and supports for solar collectors, shall be adequatelysealed at the roof to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm. The material used to seal thepenetration shall be non-combustible.

(b) Openings in vented roof lights, roof ventilators or vent pipes shall be fitted withember guards made from a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(c) All overhead glazing shall be Grade A laminated safety glass complying withAS 1288.

(d) Glazed elements in roof lights and skylights may be of polymer provided a Grade Asafety glass diffuser, complying with AS 1288, is installed under the glazing. Whereglazing is an insulating glazing unit (IGU), Grade A toughened safety glass, minimum4 mm, shall be used in the outer pane of the IGU.

(e) Flashing elements of tubular skylights may be of a fire-retardant material, providedthe roof integrity is maintained by an under-flashing of a material having aflammability index no greater than 5.

(f) Evaporative cooling units shall be fitted with butterfly closers at or near the ceilinglevel or, the unit shall be fitted with non-combustible covers with a mesh orperforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel,bronze or aluminium.

(g) Vent pipes made from PVC are permitted.

5.6.6 Eaves linings, fascias and gables

The following apply to eaves linings, fascias and gables:

(a) Gables shall comply with Clause 5.4.

(b) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as for roof penetrations, as specified inClause 5.6.5.

(c) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards madeof non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum apertureof 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

Joints in eaves linings, fascias and gables may be sealed with plastic joining strips or timberstorm moulds.

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for fascias, bargeboards andeaves linings.


WIT.3000.002.0156

47 AS 3959—2009



(a) A veranda, carport or awning roof forming part of the main roof space [see Figure D 1(a), Appendix D] shall meet all the requirements for the main roof, as specified in Clauses 5.6.1, 5.6.2, 5.6.3, 5.6.5 and 5.6.6.

(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof space by an external wall [see Figures D 1(b) and Dl(c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 5.4 shall have a non-combustible roof covering.

NOTE: There is no requirement to line the underside of a veranda, carport or awning roof that is separated from the main roof space.



(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, roof-mounted evaporative cooling units, aerials, vent pipes and supports for solar collectors, shall be adequately sealed at the roof to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm. The material used to seal the penetration shall be non-combustible.

(b) Openings in vented roof lights, roof ventilators or vent pipes shall be fitted with ember guards made from a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(c) All overhead glazing shall be Grade A laminated safety glass complying with AS 1288.

(d) Glazed elements in roof lights and skylights may be of polymer provided a Grade A safety glass diffuser, complying with AS 1288, is installed under the glazing. Where glazing is an insulating glazing unit (IGU), Grade A toughened safety glass, minimum 4 mm, shall be used in the outer pane of the IGU.

(e) Flashing elements of tubular skylights may be of a fire-retardant material, provided the roof integrity is maintained by an under-flashing of a material having a flammability index no greater than 5.

(f) Evaporative cooling units shall be fitted with butterfly closers at or near the ceiling level or, the unit shall be fitted with non-combustible covers with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(g) Vent pipes made from PVC are permitted.




(b) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as for roof penetrations, as specified in Clause 5.6.5.

(c) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

Joints in eaves linings, fascias and gables may be sealed with plastic joining strips or timber storm moulds.

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for fascias, bargeboards and eaves linings.



WIT.3000.002.0157

AS 3959-2009 48

5.6.7 Gutters and downpipes

This Standard does not provide material requirements for-

(a) gutters, with the-exception of box gutters; and

(b) downpipes.

If installed, gutter and valley leaf guards shall be non-combustible.

Box gutters shall be non-combustible and flashed at the junction with the roof with non-combustible material.

5.7 VERANDAS, DECKS, STEPS, RAMPS AND LANDINGS

5.7.1 General

Decking shall be either spaced or continuous (i.e., without spacing).

There is no requirement to enclose the subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps orlandings.

C5.7.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industrypractice); however, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisturecontent, that spacing may range from 0-5 mm during service. The preferred dimension forgaps is 3 mm (which is in line with other permissible gaps) in other parts of this Standard.It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing affordopportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to afire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacingregime may not be practical for' a timber deck.

5.7.2 Enclosed subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings

5.7.2.1 Materials to enclose a subfloor space

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for the materials used to enclosea subfloor space except where those materials are less than 400 mm from the ground.

Where the materials used to enclose a subfloor space are less than 400 mm from the ground,they shall comply with Clause 5.4.

5.7.2.2 Supports

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for support posts, columns,stumps, stringers, piers and poles.

5.7.2.3 Framing

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for the framing of verandas,decks, ramps or landings (i.e., bearers and joists).


wrr.3006.6b2.6r57

AS 3959—2009 48


This Standard does not provide material requirements for—

(a) gutters, with the exception of box gutters; and

(b) downpipes.




5.7.1 General


There is no requirement to enclose the subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps or landings.

CS. 7.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industry practice); however, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisture content, that spacing may range from 0-5 mm during service. The preferred dimension for gaps is 3 mm (which is in line with other 'permissible gaps') in other parts of this Standard. It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing afford opportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to a fire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacing regime may not be practical for a timber deck.



This Standard does not provide construction requirements for the materials used to enclose a subfloor space except where those materials are less than 400 mm from the ground.

Where the materials used to enclose a subfloor space are less than 400 mm from the ground, they shall comply with Clause 5.4.

5.7.2.2 Supports

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for support posts, columns, stumps, stringers, piers and poles.

5.7.2.3 Framing

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for the framing of verandas, decks, ramps or landings (i.e., bearers and joists).


http://wrr.3006.6b2.6r57


WIT.3000.002.0158

49 AS 3959-2009

5.7.2.4 Decking

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for decking that is more than300 mm from a glazed element.

Decking less than 300 mm (measured horizontally at deck level) from glazed elements thatare less than .400 mm (measured vertically) from the surface of the deck (see Figure D2,Appendix D) shall be made from-


(b) bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F); or

(c) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph E1 and listed in Table E1 of Appendix E;

(d) PVC-U; or


5.7.3 Unenclosed subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings

5.7.3.1 Supports

This Standard. does not provide construction requirements for support posts, columns,stumps, stringers, piers and poles.

5.7.3.2 Framing


5.7.3.3 Decking

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for decking unless it is less than300 mm from a glazed element.

Decking less than 300 mm (measured horizontally at deck level) from glazed elements thatare less than 400 mm (measured vertically) from the surface of the deck (see Figure D2,Appendix D) shall be made from-



(c) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or


5.7.4 Balustrades, handrails or other barriers

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for balustrades, handrails andother barriers.

5.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PIPES

Above-ground, exposed water and gas supply pipes shall be metal.


WIT.3000.002.0158

49 AS 3959—2009

5.7.2.4 Decking

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for decking that is more than 300 mm from a glazed element.

Decking less than 300 mm (measured horizontally at deck level) from glazed elements that are less than 400 mm (measured vertically) from the surface of the deck (see Figure D2, Appendix D) shall be made from—



(c) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El of Appendix E;

(d) PVC-U; or


5.7.3 Unenclosed subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramp's and landings

5.7.3.1 Supports


5.7.3.2 Framing


5.7.3.3 Decking

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for decking unless it is less than 300 mm from a glazed element.




(c) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El , Appendix E; or



This Standard does not provide construction requirements for balustrades, handrails and other barriers.





II

WIT.3000.002.0159

AS 3959-2009 50

SECTION 6 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIREATTACK LEVEL 19 (BAL-19)

6.1 GENERAL

A building assessed in Section 2 as being BAL-19 shall comply with Section 3 andClauses 6.2 to 6.8.



NOTE: BAL-19 is primarily concerned with protection from ember attack and radiant heatgreater than 12.5 kW/m2 up to and including 19 kW/m2.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor support posts,columns, stumps, piers and poles.

NOTE: The exclusion of requirements for subfloor supports applies to the principal building onlyand not to verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings (see Clause 6.7).

C6.2 Ideally, storage of combustible materials beneath a floor at this BAL would notoccur and on this assumption, there is no requirement to enclose the subfloor space orto protect flooring materials from bushfire attack. However, should combustiblematerials be stored, it is recommended the area be protected as materials stored in thesubfloor space may be ignited by embers and cause an impact to the building.

6.3 FLOORS

6.3.1 Concrete slabs on the ground

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for concrete slabs on ground.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, includingbearers, joists and flooring.

6.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

6.4.1 WaIls

That part of an external wall surface that is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having anangle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width fromthe wall (see Figure D3, Appendix D) shall be made from-


(b) fibre-cement external cladding, a minimum of 6 mm in thickness; or


(d) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph E1 and listed in Table E1, Appendix E; or



WIT.3000.002.0159

AS 3959—2009 50

SECTION 6 C O N S T R U C T I O N FOR B U S H F I R E A T T A C K L E V E L 19 ( B A L — 1 9 )

6.1 GENERAL

A building assessed in Section 2 as being BAL—19 shall comply with Section 3 and Clauses 6.2 to 6.8.



NOTE: BAL—19 is primarily concerned with protection from ember attack and radiant heat greater than 12.5 kW/m2 up to and including 19 kW/m2.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor support posts, columns, stumps, piers and poles.

NOTE: The exclusion of requirements for subfloor supports applies to the principal building only and not to verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings (see Clause 6.7).

C6.2 Ideally, storage of combustible materials beneath a floor at this BAL would not occur and on this assumption, there is no requirement to enclose the subfloor space or to protect flooring materials from bushfire attack. However, should combustible materials be stored, it is recommended the area be protected as materials stored in the subfloor space may be ignited by embers and cause an impact to the building.

6.3 FLOORS

6.3.1 Concrete slabs on the ground



This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, including bearers, joists and flooring.

6.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

6.4.1 Walls

That part of an external wall surface that is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the wall (see Figure D3, Appendix D) shall be made from—


(b) fibre-cement external cladding, a minimum of 6 mm in thickness; or


(d) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or




WIT.3000.002.0160

51 AS 3959-2009

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for external wall surfaces400 mm or more from the ground or for external wall surfaces 400 mm or more abovedecks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the wall (seeFigure D3, Appendix D).

6.4.2 Joints

All joints in the external surface material of walls shall be covered, sealed, overlapped,backed, or butt-jointed to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm.

Alternatively, sarking-type material may be applied over the outer face of the frame prior tofixing any external cladding.


Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with mesh with a maximumaperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium, except wherethey are less than 3 mm (see Clause 3.6), or are located in an external wall of a subfloorspace.





(b) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or


(d) a combination of any of Items (a), (b), or (c) above.

6.5.2 WindowsWindow assemblies shall comply with one of the following:


or


or


(i) For window assemblies less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mmabove decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings, having anangle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm inwidth from the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D), window framesand window joinery, shall be made from one of the following:


or

(B) A timber species, as specified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table E2,Appendix E.

or

(C) Metal.

or


wrr.30oo.oo2.oi60

51 AS 3959—2009

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for external wall surfaces 400 mm or more from the ground or for external wall surfaces 400 mm or more above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the wall (see Figure D3, Appendix D).

6.4.2 Joints


Alternatively, sarking-type material may be applied over the outer face of the frame prior to fixing any external cladding.


Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium, except where they are less than 3 mm (see Clause 3.6), or are located in an external wall of a subfloor space.





(b) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or



6.5.2 Windows



or


or


(i) For window assemblies less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings, having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D), window frames and window joinery, shall be made from one of the following:


or

(B) A timber species, as specified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table E2, Appendix E.

or

(C) Metal.

or


http://wrr.30oo.oo2.oi60


ININIIIIIWIT.3000.002.0161

AS 3959-2009 52

(D) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made fromaluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the frame andthe sash shall satisfy the design load, performance and structural strengthof the member.

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the sash in its functions of opening andclosing, shall be metal.

Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm abovedecks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings, having an angleless than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in widthfrom the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D), the glazing shall betoughened glass, minimum 5 mm, or glass blocks with no restriction on glazingmethods.

NOTE: Where double-glazed units are used, the above requirements apply to theexternal face of the window assembly only.

(iv) Where glazing is other than that specified in Item (iii) above, annealed glassmay be used. Where annealed glass is used, the fixed and openable portions ofwindows shall be screened externally with a mesh with a maximum aperture of2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(v) Where toughened glass is used, the openable portions of windows shall bescreened internally or externally with a mesh with a maximum aperture of2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(vi) Glazed elements that are designed to. take internal screens shall use toughenedglass and the openable portion shall be screened in such a way to have no gapsgreater than 3 mm in diameter. Screening material shall be a mesh with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze oraluminium.




or


or


(i) Doors shall be-



(C) a door, including a hollow core door, with a non-combustible kickplate onthe outside for the first 400 mm above the threshold; or

(D) a fully-framed glazed door, where the framing is made from materialsspecified for bushfire shutters (see Clause 6.5.1).

(ii) Where doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall be toughened glassminimum 5 mm.

O Standards Australia www.standards.org.au

• WIT.3000.002.0161

AS 3959—2009 52

(D) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made from aluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the frame and the sash shall satisfy the design load, performance and structural strength of the member.

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the sash in its functions of opening and closing, shall be metal.

(iii) Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings, having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D), the glazing shall be toughened glass, minimum 5 mm, or glass blocks with no restriction on glazing methods. NOTE: Where double-glazed units are used, the above requirements apply to the external face of the window assembly only.

(iv) Where glazing is other than that specified in Item (iii) above, annealed glass may be used. Where annealed glass is used, the fixed and openable portions of windows shall be screened externally with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(v) Where toughened glass is used, the openable portions of windows shall be screened internally or externally with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(vi) Glazed elements that are designed to. take internal screens shall use toughened . glass and the openable portion shall be screened in such a way to have no gaps

greater than 3 mm in diameter. Screening material shall be a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.




or


or





(C) a door, including a hollow core door, with a non-combustible kickplate on the outside for the first 400 mm above the threshold; or

(D) a fully-framed glazed door, where the framing is made from materials specified for bushfire shutters (see Clause 6.5.1).

(ii) Where doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall be toughened glass minimum 5 mm.



WIT.3000.002.0162

53 AS 3959-2009

Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, ifapplicable.

(iv) Where the doorframe is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mmabove decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having anangle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm inwidth from the door (see Figure D3, Appendix D) the doorframe shall be madefrom one of the following:


or.

(B) A timber species, as specified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table E2,Appendix E.

(D) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made fromaluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the doorassembly shall satisfy the design load, performance and structuralstrength of the member.

(v) Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the baseof side-hung external doors.




or


or


(i) Any glazing incorporated in sliding doors shall be toughened glass, minimum5 mm.

(ii) There is no requirement to screen the openable part of the sliding door.However, if screened, the screens shall be mesh or perforated sheet made ofcorrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.NOTE: The construction of manufactured sliding doors should prevent the entry ofembers when the door is closed. There is no requirement to provide screens to theopenable part of these doors as it is assumed that a sliding door will be closed ifoccupants are not present or during a bushfire event. Screens of materials other thanthose specified may not resist ember attack.




(a) The lower portion of a vehicle access door that is within 400 mm of the ground whenthe door is closed (see Figure D4, Appendix D) shall be made from-


WIT.3000.002.0162

53 AS 3959—2009

(iii) Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, if applicable.

(iv) Where the doorframe is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the door (see Figure D3, Appendix D) the doorframe shall be made from one of the following:


or

(B) A timber species, as specified in Paragraph E2 and listed in Table E2, Appendix E.

or

(C) Metal.

or

(D) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made from aluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the door assembly shall satisfy the design load, performance and structural strength of the member.

(v) Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the base of side-hung external doors.




or


or


(i) Any glazing incorporated in sliding doors shall be toughened glass, minimum 5 mm.

(ii) There is no requirement to screen the openable part of the sliding door. However, if screened, the screens shall be mesh or perforated sheet made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium. NOTE: The construction of manufactured sliding doors should prevent the entry of embers when the door is closed. There is no requirement to provide screens to the openable part of these doors as it is assumed that a sliding door will be closed if occupants are not present or during a bushfire event. Screens of materials other than those specified may not resist ember attack.




(a) The lower portion of a vehicle access door that is within 400 mm of the ground when the door is closed (see Figure D4, Appendix D) shall be made from—



WIT.3000.002.0163AS 3959-2009 54




(iv) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table E 1,Appendix E; or





6.6 ROOFS (INCLUDING VERANDA AND ATTACHED CARPORT ROOFS,PENETRATIONS, EAVES, FASCIAS, GABLES, GUTTERS AND DOWNPIPES)

6.6.1 General





6.6.2 Tiled roofs


(a) have a flammability index of not more than 5, when tested to AS 1530.2;



(d) be installed so that there are no gaps that would allow the entry of embers where thesarking meets fascias, gutters, valleys and the like.

6.6.3 Sheet roofs

Sheet roofs shall-


or

(b) have any gaps greater than 3 mm under corrugations or ribs of sheet roofing andbetween roof components sealed at the fascia or wall line and at valleys, hips andridges by-



O Standards Australia www.standards.org.au

Ill-"1

Wrr.3000.002.0163 AS 3959—2009 54




(iv) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or






6.6.1 General





6.6.2 Tiled roofs





(d) be installed so that there are no gaps that would allow the entry of embers where the sarking meets fascias, gutters, valleys and the like.

6.6.3 Sheet roofs


(a) be fully sarked in accordance with Clause 6.6.2, except that foil-backed insulation blankets may be installed over the battens;

or

(b) have any gaps greater than 3 mm under corrugations or ribs of sheet roofing and between roof components sealed at the fascia or wall line and at valleys, hips and ridges by—





WIT.3000.002.0164

55 AS 3959-2009


(iv) a combination of any of Items (i), (ii), or (iii) above.



(a) A veranda, carport or awning roof forming part of the main roof space [seeFigure D 1(a), Appendix D] shall meet all the requirements for the main roof, asspecified in Clauses 6.6.1, 6.6.2, 6.6.3, 6.6.5 and 6.6.6.

(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof space by an externalwall [see Figures D I (b) and D I (c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 6.4 shallhave a non-combustible roof covering.

NOTE: There is no requirement to line the underside of a veranda, carport or awning roof that isseparate from the main roof space.



(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, roof-mounted evaporativecooling units, aerials, vent pipes and supports for solar collectors shall be adequatelysealed at the roof to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm. The material used to seal thepenetration shall be non-combustible.



(d) Glazed elements in roof lights and skylights may be of polymer provided a Grade Asafety glass diffuser, complying with AS 1288, is installed under the glazing. Whereglazing is an insulating glazing unit (IGU), Grade A toughened safety glass ofminimum 4 mm shall be used in the outer pane of the IGU.

(e) Flashing elements of tubular skylights may be of a fire-retardant material, providedthe roof integrity is maintained by an under-flashing of a material having aflammability index no greater than 5.

(f) Evaporative cooling units shall be fitted with butterfly closers at or near the ceilinglevel, or the unit shall be fitted with non-combustible covers with a mesh orperforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel,bronze or aluminium.




(b) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as for roof penetrations, as specified inClause 6.6.5.

(c) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards madeof non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum apertureof 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

Joints in'eaves linings, fascias and gables may be sealed with plastic joining strips or timberstorm moulds.

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for fascias, bargeboards andeaves linings.


55 AS 3959—2009


(iv) a combination of any of Items (i), (ii), or (iii) above.




(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof space by an external wall [see Figures D 1(b) and Dl(c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 6.4 shall have a non-combustible roof covering.

NOTE: There is no requirement to line the underside of a veranda, carport or awning roof that is separate from the main roof space.



(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, roof-mounted evaporative cooling units, aerials, vent pipes and supports for solar collectors shall be adequately sealed at the roof to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm. The material used to seal the penetration shall be non-combustible.



(d) Glazed elements in roof lights and skylights may be of polymer provided a Grade A safety glass diffuser, complying with AS 1288, is installed under the glazing. Where glazing is an insulating glazing unit (IGU), Grade A toughened safety glass of minimum 4 mm shall be used in the outer pane of the IGU.

(e) Flashing elements of tubular skylights may be of a fire-retardant material, provided the roof integrity is maintained by an under-flashing of a material having a flammability index no greater than 5.

(f) Evaporative cooling units shall be fitted with butterfly closers at or near the ceiling level, or the unit shall be fitted with non-combustible covers with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.




(b) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as for roof penetrations, as specified in Clause 6.6.5.

(c) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

Joints in eaves linings, fascias and gables may be sealed with plastic joining strips or timber storm moulds.

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for fascias, bargeboards and eaves linings.



WIT.3000.002.0165

AS 3959-2009 56


This Standard does not provide material requirements for-


(b) downpipes.




6.7.1 General

Decking shall be either spaced or continuous (i.e., without spacings).


C6.7.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industrypractice); however, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisturecontent, that spacing may range from 0-5 mm during service. The preferred dimension forgaps is 3 mm (which is in line with other `permissible gaps) in other parts of this Standard.It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing affordopportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to afire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacingregime may not be practical for a timber deck.



This Standard does not provide construction requirements for the materials used to enclosea subfloor space except where those materials are less than 400 mm from the ground.

Where the materials used to enclose a subfloor space are less than 400 mm from the ground,they shall comply with Clause 6.4.

6.7.2.2 Subfloor supports

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor support posts,columns, stumps, stringers, piers and poles.

6.7.2.3 Framing


6.7.2.4 Decking

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for decking that is more than300 mm from a glazed element.

Decking less than 300 mm (measured horizontally at deck level) from glazed elements thatare less than 400 mm (measured vertically) from the surface of the deck (see Figure D2,Appendix D) shall be made from-



(c) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph El and listed in Table El, Appendix E; or


WIT.3000.002.0165

AS 3959—2009 56


This Standard does not provide material requirements for—


(b) downpipes.




6.7.1 General



C6.7.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industry practice); howeyer, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisture content, that spacing may range from 0—5 mm during service. The preferred dimension for gaps is 3 mm (which is in line with other 'permissible gaps') in other parts' of this Standard. It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing afford opportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to a fire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacing regime may not be practical for a timber deck.



This Standard does not provide construction requirements for the materials used to enclose a subfloor space except where those materials are less than 400 mm from the ground.

Where the materials used to enclose a subfloor space are less than 400 mm from the ground, they shall comply with Clause 6.4.

6.7.2.2 Subfloor supports

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor support posts, columns, stumps, stringers, piers and poles.

6.7.2.3 Framing

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for. the framing of verandas, decks, ramps or landings (i.e., bearers and joists).

6.7.2.4 Decking








WIT.3000.002.0166

57 AS 3959-2009



6.7.3.1 Supports


6.7.3.2 Framing

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for the framing of verandas,decks, ramps or landings (i.e.; bearers and joists).

6.7.3.3 Decking

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for,: decking that is more than300 mm from a glazed element.

Decking less than 300 mm (measured horizontally at deck level) from-glazed elements thatare less than 400 mm (measured vertically) from the surface of the deck (see Figure D2,Appendix D) shall be made from-



(c) a timber species, as specified in Paragraph E1 and listed in Table E1, Appendix E; or



This Standard does not provide construction requirements for balustrades, handrails andother barriers.



www:atandatds.org.au © Standards Australia

WIT.3000.002.0166

57 AS 3959—2009



6.7.3.1 Supports


6.7.3.2 Framing


6.7.3.3 Decking








This Standard does not provide construction requirements for balustrades, handrails and other barriers.

6.8 WATER AND GAS SUPPLY PffES




AS 3959-2009 58

WIT.3000.002.0167


7.1 GENERAL




NOTE: BAL-29 is primarily concerned with protection from ember attack and radiant heatgreater than 19 kW/m2 up to and including 29 kW/m2.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor supports where thesubfloor space is enclosed with-

(a) a wall that complies with Clause 7.4; or

(b) a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium; or

(c) a combination of Items (a) and (b) above.

Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, the support posts, columns, stumps, piers and polesshall be-

(i) of non-combustible material; or

(ii) of bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F); or

(iii) a combination of Items (i) and (ii) above.NOTE: This requirement applies to the principal building only and not to verandas, decks, steps,ramps and landings (see Clause 7.7).

C7.2 Combustible materials stored in the subfloor space may be ignited by embers andcause an impact to the building.

7.3 FLOORS




7.3.2.1 Enclosed subfloor space

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, includingbearers, joists and flooring, where the subfloor space is enclosed with-





AS 3959—2009 58

WIT.3000.002.0167

SECTION 7 C O N S T R U C T I O N FOR B U S H F I R E A T T A C K L E V E L 29 (BAL — 2 9 )

7.1 GENERAL




NOTE: BAL—29 is primarily concerned with protection from ember attack and radiant heat greater than 19 kW/m2 up to and including 29 kW/m2.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor supports where the subfloor space is enclosed with—




Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, the support posts, columns, stumps, piers and poles shall be—


(ii) of bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F); or

(iii) a combination of Items (i) and (ii) above. NOTE: This requirement applies to the principal building only and not to verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings (see Clause 7.7).

C7.2 Combustible materials stored in the subfloor space may be ignited by embers and cause an impact to the building.

7.3 FLOORS




7.3.2.1 Enclosed subfloor space

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, including bearers, joists and flooring, where the subfloor space is enclosed with—






imWIT.3000.002.0168

59 AS 3959-2009

7.3.2.2 Unenclosed subfloor space

Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, flooring material, including bearers, joists andflooring less than 400 mm above finished ground level, shall be-

(a) non-combustible (e.g., concrete, steel); or

(b) of bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F); or

(c) particleboard or plywood flooring where the underside is lined with sarking-typematerial or mineral wool insulation; or

(d) a system complying with AS 1530.8.1; or


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elements of elevated floors,including bearers, joists and flooring, if the underside of the element is 400 mm or moreabove finished ground level.

7.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

7.4.1 Walls

Walls shall be one of the following:

(a) Made of non-combustible material (e.g., full masonry, brick veneer, mud brick,concrete, aerated concrete).

or

(b) Made of timber-framed or steel-framed walls that are sarked on the outside of theframe and clad with-

(i) fibre-cement external cladding, a minimum of 6 mm in thickness; or

(ii) steel sheet; or

(iii) bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F); or


or

(c) A combination of Items (a) and (b) above.

7.4.2 Joints

All joints in the external surface material of walls shall be covered, sealed, overlapped,backed or butt-jointed to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm.

Alternatively, sarking-type material can be applied over the frame prior to fixing anyexternal cladding.


Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with a mesh with a maximumaperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium, except wherethey are less than 3 mm (see Clause 3.6).






WIT.3000.002.0168

59 AS 3959—2009

7.3.2.2 Unenclosed subfloor space

Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, flooring material, including bearers, joists and flooring less than 400 mm above finished ground level, shall be—

(a) non-combustible (e.g., concrete, steel); or


(c) particleboard or plywood flooring where the underside is lined with sarking-type material or mineral wool insulation; or

(d) a system complying with AS 1530.8.1; or


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elements of elevated floors, including bearers, joists and flooring, if the underside of the element is 400 mm or more above finished ground level.

7.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

7.4.1 Walls


(a) Made of non-combustible material (e.g., full masonry, brick veneer, mud brick, concrete, aerated concrete).

or

(b) Made of timber-framed or steel-framed walls that are sarked on the outside of the frame and clad with—


(ii) steel sheet; or

(iii) bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F); or


or

(c) A combination of Items (a) and (b) above.

7.4.2 Joints


Alternatively, sarking-type material can be applied over the frame prior to fixing any external cladding.


Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium, except where they are less than 3 mm (see Clause 3.6).







WIT.3000.002.0169

AS 3959-2009 60



7.5.2 Windows

Windows shall comply with one of the following:


or

(b) They shall comply with the following:

(i) Window frames and window joinery and shall be made from one of thefollowing:


or

(B) Metal.

or

(C) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made fromaluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel, and the frame andthe sash shall satisfy the design load, performance and structural strengthof the member.

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the sash in its functions of opening andclosing shall be metal.

(iii) Glazing shall be toughened glass minimum 5 mm.

(iv) Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm abovedecks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angleless than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in widthfrom the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D) that portion shall bescreened with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm,made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(v) The openable portions of windows shall be screened with a mesh with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze oraluminium.




or

(b) They shall be completely protected externally by screens with a mesh with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium

or


(i) Doors shall be-


.© Standards Australia www.standards.org.au

AS 3959—2009 60

WIT.3000.002.0169



7.5.2 Windows

Windows shall comply with one of the following:


or


(i) Window frames and window joinery and shall be made from one of the following:


or

(B) Metal.

or

(C) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made from aluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel, and the frame and the sash shall satisfy the design load, performance and structural strength of the member.

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the sash in its functions of opening and closing shall be metal.

(iii) Glazing shall be toughened glass minimum 5 mm.

(iv) Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the window frame (see Figure D3, Appendix D) that portion shall be screened with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(v) The openable portions of windows shall be screened with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.




or

(b) They shall be completely protected externally by screens with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium

or






n

61 AS 3959-2009


(C) a door, including a hollow core door, protected on the outside by a screendoor or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm,made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium; or

(D) a fully framed glazed door, where the framing is made from non-combustible materials or from bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F).

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the panel in its functions of openingand closing shall be metal.

(iii) Where doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall be toughened glass,minimum 5 mm.

(iv) Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm abovedecks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angleless than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in widthfrom the door (see Figure D3, Appendix D), that portion shall be screened witha mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made ofcorrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(v) Doorframes shall be made from one of the following:


or

(B) Metal.

or

(C) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made fromaluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the doorassembly shall satisfy the design load, performance and structuralstrength of the member.

(vi) Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, ifapplicable..

(vii) Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the baseof side-hung external doors.




or


or


(i) Doorframes shall be of bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F) oraluminium or steel.

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the panel in its functions of openingand closing shall be metal.

(iii) Where sliding doors incorporate glazing, the glazed assembly shall betoughened glass minimum 6 mm except where both the fixed and openableportions of doors are screened by a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximumaperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.


wrr.3000.002.0170

61 AS 3959—2009


(C) a door, including a hollow core door, protected on the outside by a screen door or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium; or

(D) a fully framed glazed door, where the framing is made from non-combustible materials or from bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F).

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the panel in its functions of opening and closing shall be metal.

(iii) Where doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall be toughened glass, minimum 5 mm.

(iv) Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the door (see Figure D3, Appendix D), that portion shall be screened with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(v) Doorframes shall be made from one of the following:


or

(B) Metal.

or

(C) Metal-reinforced PVC-U. The reinforcing members shall be made from aluminium, stainless steel, or corrosion-resistant steel and the door assembly shall satisfy the design load, performance and structural strength of the member.

(vi) Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, if applicable.

(vii) Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the base of side-hung external doors.




or


or


(i) Doorframes shall be of bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F) or aluminium or steel.


(iii) Where sliding doors incorporate glazing, the glazed assembly shall be toughened glass minimum 6 mm except where both the fixed and openable portions of doors are screened by a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.



i

AS 3959-2009 62

(iv) Sliding doors shall be tight-fitting in the frames.



(a) Vehicle access doors shall be made from-









7.6.1 General





(d) A pipe or conduit that penetrates the roof covering shall be non-combustible.

7.6.2 Tiled roofs





(d) extend into gutters and valleys.

7.6.3 Sheet roofs

Sheet roofs shall-


or


WIT.3000.002.0171 AS 3959—2009 62

(iv) Sliding doors shall be tight-fitting in the frames.



(a) Vehicle access doors shall be made from—









7.6.1 General






7.6.2 Tiled roofs






7.6.3 Sheet roofs



or



WIT.3000.002.0172

63 AS 3959-2009

(b) have any gaps greater than 3 mm under corrugations or ribs of sheet roofing andbetween roof components sealed at the fascia or wall line and at valleys; hips andridges by-







(a) A veranda, carport or awning roof forming part of the main roof space [seeFigure D1(a), Appendix D] shall meet all the requirements for the main roof, asspecified in Clauses 7.6.1, 7.6.2, 7.6.3, 7.6.5 and 7.6.6.

(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof space by an externalwall .[see Figures Dl(b) and Dl(c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 7.4 shallhave a non-combustible roof covering and the support structure shall be-



(iii) timber rafters lined on the underside with fibre-cement sheeting a minimum of6 mm in thickness, or with material complying with AS 153.0.8.1; or




(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, roof-mounted evaporativecooling units, aerials, vent pipes and supports for solar collectors, shall be adequatelysealed at the roof to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm. The material used to flash thepenetration shall be non-combustible.



(d) Glazed elements in roof lights and skylights may be of polymer provided a Grade Asafety glass diffuser, complying with AS 1288, is installed under the glazing. Whereglazing is an insulating glazing unit (IGU), Grade A toughened safety glass, minimum4 mm, shall be used in the outer pane of the IGU.

(e) Where roof lights are installed in roofs having a pitch of less than 18 degrees to thehorizontal, the glazing shall be protected with ember guards made from a mesh orperforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel,bronze or aluminium.

(f) Evaporative cooling units shall be fitted with butterfly closers at or near the ceilinglevel, or the unit shall be fitted with non-combustible covers with a mesh orperforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel,bronze or aluminium.


WIT.3000.002.0172

63 AS 3959—2009









(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof space by an external wall [see Figures D 1(b) and Dl(c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 7.4 shall have a non-combustible roof covering and the support structure shall be—



(iii) timber rafters lined on the underside with fibre-cement sheeting a minimum of 6 mm in thickness, or with material complying with AS 1530,8.1; or




(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, roof-mounted evaporative cooling units, aerials, vent pipes and supports for solar collectors, shall be adequately sealed at the roof to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm. The material used to flash the penetration shall be non-combustible.



(d) Glazed elements in roof lights and skylights may be of polymer provided a Grade A safety glass diffuser, complying with AS 1288, is installed under the glazing. Where glazing is an insulating glazing unit (IGU), Grade A toughened safety glass, minimum 4 mm, shall be used in the outer pane of the IGU.

(e) Where roof lights are installed in roofs having a pitch of less than 18 degrees to the horizontal, the glazing shall be protected with ember guards made from a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

(f) Evaporative cooling units shall be fitted with butterfly closers at or near the ceiling level, or the unit shall be fitted with non-combustible covers with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.



WIT.3000.002.0173

AS 3959-2009 64



(a) Joints in eaves linings, fascias and gables may be sealed with plastic joining strips ortimber storm moulds.

(b) Gables shall comply with Clause 7.4.

(c) Fascias and bargeboards shall-

(i) where timber is used, be made from bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F);or

(ii) where made from metal, be fixed at 450 mm centres; or

(iii) be a combination of Items (i) and (ii) above.

(d) Eaves linings shall be-

(i) fibre-cement sheet, a minimum 4.5 mm in thickness; or


(iii) a combination of Items (i) and (ii) above.

(e) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as. for roof penetrations(see Clause 7.6.5).

(f) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards madeof non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum apertureof 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.


This Standard does not provide construction-specific material requirements for downpipes.


With the exception of box gutters, gutters shall be metal or PVC-U.

Box gutters shall be non-combustible and flashed at the junction with the roof, withnon-combustible materials.


7.7.1 General



C77.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industrypractice); however, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisturecontent, that spacing may range from 0-5 mm during service. The preferred dimension forgaps is 3 mm (which is in line with other `permissible gaps) in other parts of this Standard.It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing affordopportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to afire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacingregime may not be practical for a timber deck.


WIT.3000.002.0173

AS 3959—2009 64



(a) Joints in eaves linings, fascias and gables may be sealed with plastic joining strips or timber storm moulds.


(c) Fascias and bargeboards shall—

(i) where timber is used, be made from bushfire-resisting timber (see Appendix F); or

(ii) where made from metal, be fixed at 450 mm centres; or

(iii) be a combination of Items (i) and (ii) above.

(d) Eaves linings shall be—

(i) fibre-cement sheet, a minimum 4.5 mm in thickness; or



(e) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as for roof penetrations (see Clause 7.6.5).

(f) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.




With the exception of box gutters, gutters shall be metal or PVC-U.

Box gutters shall be non-combustible and flashed at the junction with the roof, with non-combustible materials.


7.7.1 General



C7.7.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industry practice); however, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisture content, that spacing may range from 0—5 mm during service. The preferred dimension for gaps is 3 mm (which is in line with other 'permissible gaps') in other parts of this Standard. It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing afford opportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to a fire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacing regime may not be practical for a timber deck.



liiiiiiimllilillWIT.3000.002.0174

65 AS 3959-2009



The subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings are considered to be`enclosed' when-

(a) the material used to enclose the subfloor space is-

(i) non-combustible; or


(iii) a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made ofcorrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium; or

(iv) a combination of any of Items (i), (ii) or (iii) above; and

(b) all openings greater than 3 mm are screened with a mesh or perforated sheet with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

7.7.2.2 Supports


7.7.2.3 Framing


7.7.2.4 Decking

Decking shall be-

(a) of non-combustible material; or




7.7.3.1 Supports

Support posts, columns, stumps, stringers, piers and poles shall be-




7.7.3.2 Framing

Framing of verandas, decks, ramps or landings (i.e., bearers and joists) shall be-




7.7.3.3 Decking

Decking shall be-





WIT.3000.002.0174

65 AS 3959—2009



The subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings are considered to be 'enclosed' when—

(a) the material used to enclose the subfloor space is—

(i) non-combustible; or


(iii) a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium; or

(iv) a combination of any of Items (i), (ii) or (iii) above; and

(b) all openings greater than 3 mm are screened with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel, bronze or aluminium.

7.7.2.2 Supports

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for-support posts, columns, stumps, stringers, piers and poles.

7.7.2.3 Framing


7.7.2.4 Decking

Decking shall be—





7.7.3.1 Supports

Support posts, columns, stumps, stringers, piers and poles shall be—




7.7.3.2 Framing

Framing of verandas, decks, ramps or landings (i.e., bearers and joists) shall be—

(a) of non-combustible material; or .



7.7.3.3 Decking

Decking shall be—






WIT.3000.002.0175

AS 3959-2009 66


Those parts of the handrails and balustrades less than 125 mm from any glazing or anycombustible wall shall be-



(c) a combination of Items (i) and (ii) above.

Those parts of the handrails and balustrades that are 125 mm or more from the buildinghave no requirements.




1 WIT.3000.002.0175

AS 3959—2009 66


Those parts of the handrails and balustrades less than 125 mm from any glazing or any combustible wall shall be—



(c) a combination of Items (i) and (ii) above.

Those parts of the handrails and balustrades that are 125 mm or more from the building have no requirements.





WIT.3000.002.0176

67 AS 3959-2009


8.1 GENERAL



Any'element of construction or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 may beused in lieu of the applicable requirements of Clauses 8.2 to 8.8, see Clause 3.8.

NOTE: BAL-40 is primarily concerned with protection from ember attack, increased likelihoodof flame contact and radiant heat greater than 29 kW/m2 and up to and including 40 kW/m2.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor supports where thesubfloor space is enclosed with a wall that complies with Clause 8.4.

Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, the support posts, columns, stumps, piers and polesshall be-


(b) a system complying with AS 1530.8.1; or

(c) a combination of Items (a) and (b) above.NOTE: This requirement applies to the principal building only and not to verandas, decks, steps,ramps and landings (see Clause 8.7).\


8.3 FLOORS




8.3.2.1 Enclosed subfloor spaces

This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, includingbearers, joists and flooring, where the subfloor space is enclosed with a wall that complieswith Clause 8.4.

8.3.2.2 Unenclosed subfloor spaces

Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, the flooring material, including bearers, joists andflooring, shall-

(a) be non-combustible (e.g., concrete, steel); or

(b) have the underside of the combustible elements of the floor system protected with anon-combustible material (e.g., fibre-cement sheet or metal sheet); or

(c) comply with AS 1530.8.1; or

(d) be a combination of any of Items (a), (b) or (c) above.


WIT.3000.002.0176

67 AS 3959—2009

SECTION 8 C O N S T R U C T I O N FOR B U S H F I R E A T T A C K L E V E L 40 (BAL — 4 0 )

8.1 GENERAL



Any"element of construction or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 may be used in lieu of the applicable requirements of Clauses 8.2 to 8.8, see Clause 3.8.

NOTE: BAL—40 is primarily concerned with protection from ember attack, increased likelihood of flame contact and radiant heat greater than 29 kW/m2 and up to and including 40 kW/m2.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor supports where the subfloor space is enclosed with a wall that complies with Clause 8.4.

Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, the support posts, columns, stumps, piers and poles shall be—



(c) a combination of Items (a) and (b) above. NOTE: This requirement applies to the principal building only and not to verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings (see Clause 8.7).\


8.3 FLOORS





This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, including bearers, joists and flooring, where the subfloor space is enclosed with a wall that complies with Clause 8.4.


Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, the flooring material, including bearers, joists and flooring, shall—

(a) be non-combustible (e.g., concrete, steel); or

(b) have the underside of the combustible elements of the floor system protected with a non-combustible material (e.g., fibre-cement sheet or metal sheet); or

(c) comply with AS 1530.8.1; or




flollilliililillWIT.3000.002.0177

AS 3959-2009 68

8.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

8.4.1 Walls


(a) Walls made from non-combustible material (e.g., full masonry, brick veneer, mudbrick, concrete, aerated concrete).

or

(b) Timber-framed or steel-framed walls that are sarked on the outside of the frame andclad with--


(ii) steel sheeting; or


or

(c) A system complying with AS 1530.8.1.

or

(d) A combination of any of Items (a), (b) or (c) above,

8.4.2 Joints


Alternatively, Barking-type material may be applied over the frame prior to fixing anyexternal cladding.


Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with a mesh with a maximumaperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze except where they are lessthan 3 mm (see Clause 3.6).



Where fitted, bushfire shutters shall comply with Clause 3.7 and be made fromnon-combustible material.

8.5.2 Windows



or


(i) Window frames and hardware shall be metal.

(ii) Glazing shall be toughened glass, minimum 5 mm.

(iii) Both the openable and the fixed portions of the window shall be screened with amesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel orbronze.


Ill wrr.3000

AS 3959—2009 68

8.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

8.4.1 Walls


(a) Walls made from non-combustible material (e.g., full masonry, brick veneer, mud brick, concrete, aerated concrete).

or

(b) Timber-framed or steel-framed walls that are sarked on the outside of the frame and clad with—


(ii) steel sheeting; or


or

(c) A system complying with AS 1530.8.1.

or .

(d) A combination of any of Items (a), (b) or (c) above,

8.4.2 Joints


Alternatively, sarking-type material may be applied over the frame prior to fixing any external cladding.


Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze except where they are less than 3 mm (see Clause 3.6).



Where fitted, bushfire shutters shall comply with Clause 3.7 and be made from non-combustible material.

8.5.2 Windows



or


(i) Window frames and hardware shall be metal.

(ii) Glazing shall be toughened glass, minimum 5 mm.

(iii) Both the openable and the fixed portions of the window shall be screened with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.



HIIIIHIIIIIIIII

69 AS 3959-2009

(iv) Seals to stiles, head and sills or thresholds shall be manufactured from materialshaving a flammability index no greater than 5.




or


(i) Doors shall be-


(B) a solid timber door, having a minimum thickness of 35 mm for the first400 mm above the threshold and protected on the outside by a metal-framed screen door with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximumaperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze; or

(C) a fully framed glazed door where the framing is made from non-combustible material.

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the panel in its functions of openingand closing shall be made of materials that have an FRL of at least -/30/-.

(iii) Where doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall be toughened glassminimum 6 mm.

(iv) Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm abovedecks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angleless than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in widthfrom the door (see Figure D3, Appendix D) that portion of the glazing shall bescreened with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm,made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

(v) Seals to stiles, head and sills or thresholds shall be manufactured from silicone.

(vi) Doorframes shall be metal.

(vii) Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, ifapplicable.

(viii) Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the baseof side-hung external doors.




or

(b) They shall, comply with the following:

(i)

(ii)

Doorframes shall be of metal.

Externally fitted hardware that supports the panel in its functions of openingand closing shall be metal.


WIT.3000.002.0178

69 AS 3959—2009

(iv) Seals to stiles, head and sills or thresholds shall be manufactured from materials having a flammability index no greater than 5.




or




(B) a solid timber door, having a minimum thickness of 35 mm for the first 400 mm above the threshold and protected on the outside by a metal-framed screen door with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze; or

(C) a fully framed glazed door where the framing is made from non-combustible material.

(ii) Externally fitted hardware that supports the panel in its functions of opening and closing shall be made of materials that have an FRL of at least -/30/-.

(iii) Where doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall be toughened glass minimum 6 mm.

(iv) Where glazing is less than 400 mm from the ground or less than 400 mm above decks, carport roofs, awnings and similar elements or fittings having an angle less than 18 degrees to the horizontal and extending more than 110 mm in width from the door (see Figure D3, Appendix D) that portion of the glazing shall be screened with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

(v) Seals to stiles, head and sills or thresholds shall be manufactured from silicone.

(vi) Doorframes shall be metal.

(vii) Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, if applicable.

(viii) Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the base of side-hung external doors.




or

(b) They shall, comply with the following:

(i) Doorframes shall be of metal.




11311111111111WIT.3000.002.0179

AS 3959-2009 70

(iii) Where sliding doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall have an FRL of atleast -/30/- except where both the fixed and openable portions of doors arescreened by a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm,made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

(iv) Seals to stiles, head and sills or thresholds shall be manufactured from silicone.

(v) Sliding doors shall be tight-fitting in the frames.



(a) Vehicle access doors shall be non-combustible.


(c) Roller doors shall have guide tracks with a maximum gap no greater than 3 mm andshall be fitted with a nylon .brush that is in contact with the door (see Figure D4,Appendix D).



8.6.1 General

The following provisions apply to all types of roofs and roofing systems:



(c) Roof ventilation openings, such as gable and roof vents, shall be fitted with emberguards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.


Roof-mounted evaporative coolers are excluded from this level (i.e., BAL-40).

8.6.2 Tiled roofs




(c) cover the entire roof area including the ridge; and,


8.6.3 Sheet roofs

Sheet roofs shall-


Or

m Standards Australia www.standards.org.au

WIT.3000.002.0179

AS 3959—2009 70

(iii) Where sliding doors incorporate glazing, the glazing shall have an FRL of at least - /30/- except where both the fixed and openable portions of doors are screened by a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

(iv) Seals to stiles, head and sills or thresholds shall be manufactured from silicone.

(v) Sliding doors shall be tight-fitting in the frames.








8.6.1 General

The following provisions apply to all types of roofs and roofing systems:



(c) Roof ventilation openings, such as gable and roof vents, shall be fitted with ember guards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.


Roof-mounted evaporative coolers are excluded from this level (i.e., BAL—40).

8.6.2 Tiled roofs






8.6.3 Sheet roofs



or



WIT.3000.002.0180

71 AS 3959-2009

(b) have any gaps greater than 3 mm under corrugations or ribs of sheet roofing andbetween roof components sealed at the fascia or wall line and at valleys, hips andridges by-

(i) a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made ofcorrosion-resistant steel or bronze; or






(a) A veranda, carport or awning roof forming part of the main roof space [seeFigure D 1(a), Appendix D] shall meet all the requirements for the main roof, asspecified in. Clauses 8.6.1, 8.6.2, 8.6.3, 8.6.5 and 8.6.6.

(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof space by an externalwall [see Figures D1(b) and D1(c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 8.4 shallhave a non-combustible roof covering and the support structure shall be-


(ii) timber rafters lined on the underside with fibre-cement sheeting a minimum of6 mm in thickness, or with material complying with AS 1530.8.1; or

(iii) a system complying with AS 1530.8.1; or




(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, aerials, vent pipes andsupports for solar collectors, shall be adequately sealed at the roof to prevent gapsgreater than 3 mm. The material used to flash the penetration shall be non-combustible.

(b) Glazed assemblies for roof lights and skylights shall have an FRL of -/30/-.

(c) Where roof lights are installed in roofs having a pitch of less than 18 degrees to thehorizontal, the glazing shall be protected with ember guards made from a mesh orperforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steelor bronze.





(c) Fascias and bargeboards shall comply with AS 1530.8.1.

(d) Eaves linings shall be-(1) fibre-cement sheet, a minimum of 6 mm in thickness; or

(ii) calcium silicate sheet, a minimum of 6 mm in thickness; or



wrr.30oo.oo2.oi8o

71 AS 3959—2009


(i) a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze; or







(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof space by an external wall [see Figures D 1(b) and Dl(c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 8.4 shall have a non-combustible roof covering and the support structure shall be—


(ii) timber rafters lined on the underside with fibre-cement sheeting a minimum of 6 mm in thickness, or with material complying with AS 1530.8.1; or





(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, aerials, vent pipes and supports for solar collectors, shall be adequately sealed at the roof to prevent gaps greater than 3 mm. The material used to flash the penetration shall be non-combustible.

(b) Glazed assemblies for roof lights and skylights shall have an FRL of-/30/-.

(c) Where roof lights are installed in roofs having a pitch of less than 18 degrees to the horizontal, the glazing shall be protected with ember guards made from a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.







(i) fibre-cement sheet, a minimum of 6 mm in thickness; or

(ii) calcium silicate sheet, a minimum of 6 mm in thickness; or



http://wrr.30oo.oo2.oi8o


WIT.3000.002.0181

AS 3959-2009 72

(e) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as for roof penetrations as specified inClause 8.6.5.

(f) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards madeof non-combustible material, or a mesh, or perforated sheet with a maximum apertureof 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.




Gutters shall be non-combustible.

Box gutters shall be non-combustible and flashed at the junction with the roof with non-combustible materials.


8.7.1 General



C8.7.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industrypractice); however, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisturecontent, that spacing may range from 0-5 mm during service. The preferred dimension forgaps is 3 mm (which is in line with other permissible gaps) in other parts of this Standard.It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing affordopportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to a

fire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacingregime may not be practical for a timber deck.


8.7.2.1 Materials to enclose .a subfloor space

The subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings are deemed to be`enclosed' when-

(a) the material used to enclose the subfloor space complies with Clause 8.4; and

(b) all openings greater than 3 mm are screened with a mesh or perforated sheet with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

8.7.2.2 Supports


8.7.2.3 Framing


8.7.2.4 Decking

Decking shall be-


(b) a system complying with AS 1530.8.1, or



wrr.30oo.oo2.oi8i AS 3959—2009 72

(e) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as for roof penetrations as specified in Clause 8.6.5.

(f) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards made of non-combustible material, or a mesh, or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.







8.7.1 General



C8.7.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industry practice); however, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisture content, that spacing may range from 0-5 mm during service. The preferred dimension for gaps is 3 mm (which is in line with other 'permissible gaps') in other parts of this Standard. It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing afford opportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to a fire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacing regime may not be practical for a timber deck.



The subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings are deemed to be 'enclosed' when—


(b) all openings greater than 3 mm are screened with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

8.7.2.2 Supports


8.7.2.3 Framing


8.7.2.4 Decking

Decking shall be—


(b) a system complying with AS 1530.8.1, or





0WIT.3000.002.0182

73 AS 3959-2009


8.7.3.1 Supports





8.7.3.2 Framing





8.7.3.3 Decking

Decking shall be-





Those parts of the handrails and balustrades less than 125 mm from any glazing or anycombustible wall shall be of non-combustible material.

Those parts of the handrails and balustrades that are 12.5 mm or more from the buildinghave no requirements.



www.standards.org.6u © Standards Australia

WIT.3000.002.0182

73 AS 3959—2009


8.7.3.1 Supports





8.7.3.2 Framing





8.7.3.3 Decking

Decking shall be—





Those parts of the handrails and balustrades less than 125 mm from any glazing or any combustible wall shall be of non-combustible material.






WIT.3000.002.0183

AS 3959-2009 74

SECTION 9 CONSTRUCTION FOR BUSHFIREATTACK LEVEL FZ (BAL-FZ)

9.1 GENERAL

A building assessed in Section 2 as being BAL-FZ shall comply with Section 3 andClauses 9.2 to 9.8 and have a minimum setback distance of 10 in from the classifiedvegetation.

In circumstances where the 10 in setback distance cannot be achieved, those elements of thebuilding that are less than 10 in from the classified vegetation shall comply withAS 1530.8.2.

NOTE: Thereare a number of Standards that specify requirements for construction; however,where this Standard does not provide construction requirements for a particular element, the otherStandards apply.

Any element of construction or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.2 may beused in lieu of the applicable requirements contained in Clauses 9.2 to 9.8, see Clause 3.8.

NOTES:

I BAL-FZ is primarily concerned -with protection from flame contact together' with emberattack and radiant heat of more than 40 kW/m2.

2 Construction in the Flame Zone BAL-FZ may require reliance on measures other thanconstruction. The requirements for construction of a building in the Flame Zone is regulatedby the building authorities having jurisdiction in the States and Territories of Australia.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor supports where thesubfloor space is enclosed with a wall that complies with Clause 9.4.

Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, systems, including support posts, columns, stumps,piers and poles, shall-

(a) have an FRL of at least 30/-/- and shall be non-combustible; or

(b) be a system complying with AS 1530.8.2; or

(c) be a combination of Items (a) and (b) above.NOTE: This requirement applies to the principal building only and not to verandas, decks, steps,ramps and landings (see Clause 9.7).


9.3 FLOORS





This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, includingbearers, joists and flooring, where the subfloor space is. enclosed with a wall that complieswith Clause 9.4.


AS 3959—2009 74

WIT.3000.002.0183

SECTION 9 C O N S T R U C T I O N FOR B U S H F I R E A T T A C K LEVEL FZ ( B A L — F Z )

9.1 GENERAL

A building assessed in Section 2 as being BAL—FZ shall comply with Section 3 and Clauses 9.2 to 9.8 and have a minimum setback distance of 10 m from the classified vegetation.

In circumstances where the 10 m setback distance cannot be achieved, those elements of the building that are less than 10 m from the classified vegetation shall comply with AS 1530.8.2.


Any element of construction or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.2 may be used in lieu of the applicable requirements contained in Clauses 9.2 to 9.8, see Clause 3.8.

NOTES: 1 BAL—FZ is primarily concerned with protection from flame contact together with ember

attack and radiant heat of more than 40 kW/m2. 2 Construction in the Flame Zone BAL—FZ may require reliance on measures other than

construction. The requirements for construction of a building in the Flame Zone is regulated by the building authorities having jurisdiction in the States and Territories of Australia.


This Standard does not provide construction requirements for subfloor supports where the subfloor space is enclosed with a wall that complies with Clause 9.4.

Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, systems, including support posts, columns, stumps, piers and poles, shall—

(a) have an FRL of at least 30/-/- and shall be non-combustible; or

(b) be a system complying with AS 1530.8.2; or

(c) be a combination of Items (a) and (b) above. NOTE: This requirement applies to the principal building only and not to verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings (see Clause 9.7).


9.3 FLOORS





This Standard does not provide construction requirements for elevated floors, including bearers, joists and flooring, where the subfloor space is enclosed with a wall that complies with Clause 9.4.



75 AS 3959-2009


Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, the floor system, including bearers, joist andflooring, shall-

(a) have an FRL of at least 30/30/30 and the surface material shall be non-combustible(e.g., concrete, steel); or

(b) have the underside of the combustible elements of the floor system protected with a30 min resistance to incipient spread of fire system; or

(c) comply with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the underside; or


9.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

9.4.1 Walls


(a) Walls made of non-combustible material (e.g., masonry, brick veneer, mud brick,aerated concrete, concrete) with a minimum of 90 mm in thickness.

or

(b) A system complying with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the outside.

or

(c) A system with an FRL of 30/30/30 or -/30/30 when tested from the outside.

or

(d) A combination of any of Items (a), (b) or (c) above.

9.4.2 Joints


Alternatively, sarking-type material may be applied over the frame prior to fixing anyexternal cladding.


Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with a mesh with a maximumaperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze, except where they are lessthan 3 mm (see Clause 3.6).



Where fitted, bushfire shutters shall comply with-

(a) Clause 3.7, except that perforations are not acceptable over the door system; and

(b) AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the outside.

9.5.2 Windows


(a) They shall be completely protected by a bushfire shutter that complies withClause 9.5.1. .

or


75 AS 3959—2009

9.3.2.2 Unenclosed subfloor spaces wfr 3000.002.0184

Where the subfloor space is unenclosed, the floor system, including bearers, joist and flooring, shall—

(a) have an FRL of at least 30/30/30 and the surface material shall be non-combustible (e.g., concrete, steel); or

(b) have the underside of the combustible elements of the floor system protected with a 30 min resistance to incipient spread of fire system; or

(c) comply with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the underside; or


9.4 EXTERNAL WALLS

9.4.1 Walls


(a) Walls made of non-combustible material (e.g., masonry, brick veneer, mud brick, aerated concrete, concrete) with a minimum of 90 mm in thickness.

or

(b) A system complying with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the outside.

or

(c) A system with an FRL of 3 0/3 0/3 0 or -13 0/3 0 when tested from the outside.

or

(d) A combination of any of Items (a), (b) or (c) above.

9.4.2 Joints


Alternatively, sarking-type material may be applied over the frame prior to fixing any external cladding.


Vents and weepholes in external walls shall be screened with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze, except where they are less than 3 mm (see Clause 3.6).



Where fitted, bushfire shutters shall comply with—

(a) Clause 3.7, except that perforations are not acceptable over the door system; and

(b) AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the outside.

9.5.2 Windows


(a) They shall be completely protected by a bushfire shutter that complies with Clause 9.5.1. .

or



IIWIT.3000.002.0185

AS 3959-2009 76

(b) The openable portion of the window shall be screened with a mesh with a maximumaperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze; and either-

(i)

(ii)

the window system shall have an FRL of at least -/30/-; or

the window system shall comply with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from theoutside.




or


(i) All door systems, including doorframes and doors with glazed panels, shall-

(A) have an FRL of at least -/30/-; or

(B) comply with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the outside.

(ii) Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, ifapplicable.

Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the baseof side-hung external doors.

(iv) Seals shall not compromise the FRL or the performance achieved in AS 1530.4.




or


(i) All sliding door systems, including those with glazed panels, shall-

(A)

(B)

have an FRL of at least -/30/-; or

comply with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the outside.

(ii) Sliding doors shall be tight-fitting in the frames.




(b) Where the garage is attached to the building, the requirements of Clause 3.2.2(b) shallapply.

(c) Panel lift, tilt doors or side-hung doors shall be fitted with suitable weather strips,draught excluders, draught seals or guide tracks, as appropriate to the door type, witha maximum gap no greater than 3 mm.

(d) Roller doors shall have guide tracks with a maximum gap no greater than 3 mm andshall be fitted with a nylon brush that is in contact with the door (see Figure D4,Appendix D).


WIT.3000.002.0185

AS 3959—2009 76

(b) The openable portion of the window shall be screened with a mesh with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze; and either—

(i) the window system shall have an FRL of at least -/30/-; or

(ii) the window system shall comply with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the outside.




or


(i) All door systems, including doorframes and doors with glazed panels, shall—



(ii) Doors shall be tight-fitting to the doorframe and to an abutting door, if applicable.

(iii) Weather strips, draught excluders or draught seals shall be installed at the base of side-hung external doors.

(iv) Seals shall not compromise the FRL or the performance achieved in AS 1530.4.




or


(i) All sliding door systems, including those with glazed panels, shall—



(ii) Sliding doors shall be tight-fitting in the frames.




(b) Where the garage is attached to the building, the requirements of Clause 3.2.2(b) shall apply.

(c) Panel lift, tilt doors or side-hung doors shall be fitted with suitable weather strips, draught excluders, draught seals or guide tracks, as appropriate to the door type, with a maximum gap no greater than 3 mm.

(d) Roller doors shall have guide tracks with a maximum gap no greater than 3 mm and shall be fitted with a nylon brush that is in contact with the door (see Figure D4, Appendix D).



WIT.3000.002.0186

77 AS 3959-2009

(e) Vehicle access doors shall not include ventilation slots.


9.6.1 General


(a) The roof or roofing system shall be one of the following:

(i) A system complying with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the outside.

or

(ii) A system with an FRL of 30/30/30 or -/30/30 when tested from the outside.

or

(iii) A combination of Items (i) and (ii) above.


(c) Roof ventilation openings, such as gable and roof vents, shall be fitted with emberguards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

(d) Pipe or conduit that penetrates the roof covering shall be metal, excluding aluminium.

Roof-mounted evaporative coolers are excluded from this level.



(a) A veranda, carport or awning roof forming part of the main roof space [seeFigure Dl(a), Appendix D] shall meet all the requirements for the main roof, asspecified in Clauses 9.6.1, 9.6.3, and 9.6.4.

(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof space by an externalwall [see Figures DI(b) and D l (c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 9.4 shallhave a non-combustible roof covering and the support structure shall be-


(ii) timber rafters lined on the underside with fibre-cement sheet a minimum of6 mm in thickness, or with material complying with AS 1530.8.2; or





(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, aerials, vent pipes andsupports for solar collectors, shall be sealed with mineral fibre at the roof to preventgaps. Where the gap between the roof covering and the roof penetration is greaterthan 3 mm, the material used to seal the penetration shall be non-combustible.NOTE: As a general principle, the service penetration should not significantly compromisethe performance of the element of construction it penetrates nor should it be a means to allowthe passage of burning embers or heat transfer such that fire may spread to the interior of astructure.


WIT.3000.002.0186

77 AS 3959—2009

(e) Vehicle access doors shall not include ventilation slots. »


9.6.1 General


(a) The roof or roofing system shall be one of the following:

. (i) A system complying with AS 1530.8.2 when tested from the outside.

or


or

(iii) A combination of Items (i) and (ii) above.

(b) The roof/wall junction shall be sealed, to prevent openings greater than 3 mm, either . by the use of fascia and eaves linings or by sealing between the top of the wall and the underside of the roof and between the rafters at the line of the wall.

(c) Roof ventilation openings, such as gable and roof vents, shall be fitted with ember guards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

(d) Pipe or conduit that penetrates the roof covering shall be metal, excluding aluminium.

Roof-mounted evaporative coolers are excluded from this level.



(a) A veranda, carport or awning roof forming part of the main roof space [see Figure D 1(a), Appendix D] shall meet all the requirements for the main roof, as specified in Clauses 9.6.1, 9.6.3, and 9.6.4.

(b) A veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof space by an external wall [see Figures Dl(b) and Dl(c), Appendix D] complying with Clause 9.4 shall have a non-combustible roof covering and the support structure shall be—


(ii) timber rafters lined on the underside with fibre-cement sheet a minimum of 6 mm in thickness, or with material complying with AS 1530.8.2; or





(a) Roof penetrations, including roof lights, roof ventilators, aerials, vent pipes and supports for solar collectors, shall be sealed with mineral fibre at the roof to prevent gaps. Where the gap between the roof covering and the roof penetration is greater than 3 mm, the material used to seal the penetration shall be non-combustible. NOTE: As a general principle, the service penetration should not significantly compromise the performance of the element of construction it penetrates nor should it be a means to allow the passage of burning embers or heat transfer such that fire may spread to the interior of a structure.



N III II IIIWIT.3000.002.0187

AS 3959-2009 78

(b) Roof lights and roof ventilators shall be one of the following:


or






(e) Fascias and bargeboards shall comply with AS 1530.8.2.

(d) Eaves linings shall be-

(i) a system with an FRL of -/30/30; or

(ii) a system complying with AS 1530.8.2; or


(e) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as for roof penetrations, as specified inClause 9.6.3.

(f) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards madeof non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum apertureof 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.







9.7.1 General



C9.7.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industrypractice); however, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisturecontent, that spacing may range from 0-5 mm during service. The preferred dimension forgaps is 3 mm, which is in line with other permissible gaps', in other parts of this Standard.It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing affordopportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to a

fire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacingregime may not be practical for a timber deck.


WIT.3000.002.0187

AS 3959—2009 78

(b) Roof lights and roof ventilators shall be one of the following:


or








(i) a system with an FRL of -/30/30; or

(ii) a system complying with AS 1530.8.2; or


(e) Eaves penetrations shall be protected the same as for roof penetrations, as specified in Clause 9.6.3.

(f) Eaves ventilation openings greater than 3 mm shall be fitted with ember guards made of non-combustible material or a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.







9.7.1 General



C9.7.1 Spaced decking is nominally spaced at 3 mm (in accordance with standard industry practice); however, due to the nature of timber decking with seasonal changes in moisture content, that spacing may range from 0-5 mm during service. The preferred dimension for gaps is 3 mm, which is in line with other 'permissible gaps', in other parts of this Standard. It should be noted that recent research studies have shown that gaps at 5 mm spacing afford opportunity for embers to become lodged in between timbers, which may contribute to a fire. Larger gap spacings of 10 mm may preclude this from happening but such a spacing regime may not be practical for a timber deck.



111111111R111111WIT.3000.002.0188

79 AS 3959-2009



The subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings are deemed to be`enclosed' when-


(b) all openings greater than 3 mm are screened with a mesh or perforated sheet with amaximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

9.7.2.2 Supports


9.7.2.3 Framing


9.7.2.4 Decking

Decking shall have no gaps and be-


(b) of fibre-cement sheet; or

(c) a system complying with AS 1530.8.2; or



9.7.3.1 Supports





9.7.3.2 Framing





9.7.3.3 Decking

Decking shall have no gaps and be-


(b) fibre-cement sheet; or


(d) a combination of Items (a), (b) or (c).above.


WIT.3000.002.0188

79 AS 3959—2009



The subfloor spaces of verandas, decks, steps, ramps and landings are deemed to be 'enclosed' when—


(b) all openings greater than 3 mm are screened with a mesh or perforated sheet with a maximum aperture of 2 mm, made of corrosion-resistant steel or bronze.

9.7.2.2 Supports


9.7.2.3 Framing


9.7.2.4 Decking

Decking shall have no gaps and be—


(b) of fibre-cement sheet; or




9.7.3.1 Supports





9.7.3.2 Framing





9.7.3.3 Decking

Decking shall have no gaps and be—


(b) fibre-cement sheet; or


(d) a combination of Items (a), (b) or (c).above.



Alllll I e IIIIWIT.3000.002.0189

AS 3959-2009 80


Those parts of the handrails and balustrades less than 125 mm from any glazing shall be ofnon-combustible material.

Those parts of the handrails and balustrades that are 125 mm or more from the buildinghave no requirements.




WIT.3000.002.0189

AS 3959—2009 80


Those parts of the handrails and balustrades less than 125 mm from any glazing shall be of non-combustible material.






IIIWIT.3000.002,0190

81 AS 3959-2009

APPENDIX A

WORKED EXAMPLE FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF BUSHFIRE ATTACKLEVEL (BAL)

(Informative)

Al GENERALThe following criteria forms the basis of the worked example shown in Paragraph A2 forbushfire category determination using Method 1, set out in Section 2. Table 2.4.3 has beenselected as a basis for this worked example and inputs used are contained in Table 2.4.1:

(a) Relevant FDI ................................................................................................. 80.

(b) Flame temperature .........................................................................................1090 K.

(c) Slope ..................................:...I........................................ downslope >0 to 5 degrees.

(d) Vegetation classification ................................................................................. Forest.

(e) Building location ...............................40 in from the edge of the classified vegetation.

A2 WORKED EXAMPLE

For this worked example, the table used is for FDI 80. The relevant FDI, the slope(5 degrees), vegetation classification (forest) and distance of the site (40 m) from theclassified vegetation have been highlighted in the table to follow. For this example, thedetermined Bushfire Attack Level is BAL-19.

1

www.standards:org.au © Standards Australia

81 AS 3959—2009

APPENDIX A

WORKED EXAMPLE FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)

(Informative)

Al GENERAL

The following criteria forms the basis of the worked example shown in Paragraph A2 for bushfire category determination using Method 1, set out in Section 2. Table 2.4.3 has been selected as a basis for this worked example and inputs used are contained in Table 2.4.1:

(a) Relevant FDI 80.

(b) Flame temperature .1090 K.

(c) Slope downslope >0 to 5 degrees.

(d) Vegetation classification , Forest.

(e) Building location 40 m from the edge of the classified vegetation.

A2 WORKED EXAMPLE

For this worked example, the table used is for FDI 80. The relevant FDI, the slope (5 degrees), vegetation classification (forest) and distance of the site (40 m) from the classified vegetation have been highlighted in the table to follow. For this example, the determined Bushfire Attack Level is BAL—19.



111111111111111

WIT.3000.002.0191

AS 3959-2009 82

TABLE AlDETERMINATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)i 80 (1090 K)

Bushfire Attack Levels (BAL)



A. Forest <16 16-<21 21-<31 31-<42 42-<100

B. Woodland <10 10-<14 14-<20. 20-<29 29-<100

C. Shrubland <10 10-<13 13-<19 19-<27 27-<100

D. Scrub <7 7-<9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <6 6-<8 8-<12 12-<17 17-<100

F. Rainforest <6 6-<9 9-.<13 13-<19 19-<100

Downslope,>0 to 5 degrees

A. Forest <20 20-<27 27-<37 37-<50 50-<100

B. Woodland <13 13-<17 17-<25 25-<35 35-<100

C.Shrubland <11 11-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

D. Scrub <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<100

F. Rainforest <8 8-<11 11-<17 17-<24 24-<100


A. Forest <26 26-<33 33-<46 46-<61 61-<100

B. Woodland <16 16-<22 22-<31 31-<43 43-<100

C. Shrubland <12 12-<17 17-<24 24-<35 35-<100

D. Scrub <8 8-<11 11-<17 17-<25 25-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <7 7-<10 10-<15 15-<23 23-<100

F. Rainforest <11 11-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100


A. Forest <33 3.3-<42 42-<56 56-<73 73-<100

B. Woodland <21 21-<28 28-<39 39-<53 53-<100

C. Shrubland <14 14-<19 19-<28 28-<39 39-<100

D. Scrub <9 9-<13 13-<19 19-<28 28-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <8 8-<11 11-<18 18-<26 26-<l00

F. Rainforest <14 14-<19 19-<28 28-<39 39-<100


A. Forest <42 42-<52 52-<68 68-<87 87-<100

B. Woodland <27 27-<35 35-<48 48-<64 64-<100

C. Shrubland <15 15-<21 21-<31 31-<43 43-<100

D. Scrub <10 10-<15 15-<22 22-<31 31-<100

E. Mallee/Mulga <9 9-<13 13-<20 20-<29 29-<100

F. Rainforest <18 18-<25 25-<36 36-<48 48-<100


wrr.30oo.oo2.oi9i AS 3959—2009 82

TABLE Al

DETERMINATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL) |piMSpJM) K)


A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

A. Forest

B. Woodland

C. Shrubland

D. Scrub

E. Mallee/Mulga

F. Rainforest

Bushfire Attack Levels (BAL)

BAL—FZ BAL—40 BAL—29 BAL—19 | BAL—12.5


AH upslopes and flat land (0 degrees)

<16

<10

<10

<7

<6

<6

. 16-<21

10-<14

10-<13

7-<9

6-<8

6-<9

21-<31

14-<20

13-<19

9-<13

8-<12

9-<13

31-<42

20-<29

19-<27

13-<19

12-<17

13-<19

42-<100

29-<100

27-<100

19-<100

17-<100

19-<100


<20

<13

<11

<7

<7

<8

20-<27

13-<17

11-<15

7-<10

7-<9

8-<ll

27-<37

17-<25

15-<22

10-<15

9-<13

11-<17

37-<50

25-<35 •

22-<31

15-<22

13-<20

17-<24

50-<100

35-<100

31-<100

22-<100

20-<100

24-<100


<26

<16

<12

<8

<7

<11

26-<33

16-<22

12-<17

8-<ll

7-<10

11-<15

33-<46

22-<31.

17-<24

11-<17

10-<15

15-<22

46-<61

31-<43

24-<35

17-<25

15-<23

22-<31

61-<100

43-<100

35-<100

25-<100

23-<100

31-<100


<33

<21

<14

<9

<8

<14

3.3-<42

21-<28

14-<19

9-<13

8-<ll

14-<19

42-<56

28-<39

19-<28

13-<19

11-<18

19-<28

56-<73

39-<53

28-<39

19-<28

18-<26

28-<39

73-<100

53-<100

39-<100

28-<100

26-<100

39-<100


<42

<27

<15

<10

<9

<18

42-<52

27-<35

15-<21

10-<15

9-<13

18-<25

52-<68

35-<48

21-<31

15-<22

13-<20

25-<36

68-<87

48-<64

3l-<43

22-<31

20-<29

36-<48

87-<100

64-<100

43-<100

31-<100

29-<100

48-<100




W1T.3000.002.0192

83

APPENDIX B

AS 3959-2009

DETAILED METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL(BAL)-METHOD 2

(Normative)

B1 GENERAL

The following procedure shall apply to determine the category of bushfire attack on adetailed basis for all circumstances where the effective slope under the classified vegetationis no more than '30 degrees downslope and the slope of the land between the site and theclassified vegetation is no more than 20 degrees, regardless of slope type:

(a) Step 1: Determine the relevant FDI or wind speed in accordance withParagraph B2.

(b) Step 2: Determine the vegetation classification, fuel loads and vegetationheight in accordance with Paragraph B3.

(c) Step 3: Determine the effective slope under the classified vegetation in accordancewith Paragraph B4.

(d) Step 4: Determine the slope, in degrees, of the land between the site and theclassified vegetation in accordance with Paragraph B5.

(e) Step 5: Determine the distance of the site from classified vegetation in accordancewith Paragraph B6.

(f) Step 6: Calculate the flame length in accordance with Paragraph B7.

(g) Step 7: Determine flame width in accordance with Paragraph B8.

(h) Step 8: Determine the elevation of receiver in accordance with Paragraph B9.

(i) Step 9: Calculate the radiant heat flux in accordance with Paragraph B 10.

(j) Step 10: Determine the category of bushfire attack in accordance Paragraph B 11..

CBI The reason why the effective slope under the classified vegetation is limited to30 degrees downslope (Ref. 1) is that convective heat from bushfire flames is no longernegligible and the relationship used to adjust the forward rate of spread for the effectiveslope becomes inapplicable when the effective slope is over the 30 degrees downslope limit(Ref. 2).

The reason why the slope of the land between the site and the classified vegetation islimited to 20 degrees is that the establishment and the maintenance of the setback betweenthe site and the vegetation may become impractical when the slope of the land between thesite and the classified vegetation is over 20 degrees (Ref. 3).

B2 STEP 1-RELEVANT FDI OR WIND SPEED

Determine the relevant FDI or wind speed as follows:

(a) For forests, woodlands, rainforest and other forest group vegetation classifications,determine the relevant Forest Fire Danger Index (FDI) for the site in accordance withClause 2.3 or obtain other data sets provided by the authority having jurisdiction forthe site.

(b) For heath, shrub and scrub vegetation classifications, a nominal value of 45 km/hshall be used for wind speed to determine rate of spread.

NOTE: Wind speeds are measured and reported for a height of 10 in above ground level.


83

WIT.3000.002.0192

AS 3959—2009

APPENDIX B

DETAILED METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)—METHOD 2

(Normative)

Bl GENERAL

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(J)

The following procedure shall apply to determine the category of bushfire attack on a detailed basis for all circumstances where the effective slope under the classified vegetation is no more than 30 degrees downslope and the slope of the land between the site and the classified vegetation is no more than 20 degrees, regardless of slope type:

(a) Step 1: Determine the relevant FDI or wind speed in accordance with Paragraph B2.

Determine the vegetation classification, fuel loads and vegetation height in accordance with Paragraph B3.

Determine the effective slope under the classified vegetation in accordance with Paragraph B4.

Step 4: Determine the slope, in degrees, of the land between the site and the classified vegetation in accordance with Paragraph B5.

Determine the distance of the site from classified vegetation in accordance with Paragraph B6.

Calculate the flame length in accordance with Paragraph B7.

Determine flame width in accordance with Paragraph B8.

Determine the elevation of receiver in accordance with Paragraph B9.

Calculate the radiant heat flux in accordance with Paragraph BIO.

Step 2:

Step 3:

Step 5:

Step 6

Step 7

Step 8

Step 9

Step 10: Determine the category of bushfire attack in accordance Paragraph Bl 1.

CB1 The reason why the effective slope under the classified vegetation is limited to 30 degrees downslope (Ref 1) is that convective heat from bushfire flames is no longer negligible and the relationship used to adjust the forward rate of spread for the effective slope becomes inapplicable when the effective slope is over the 30 degrees downslope limit (Ref 2).

The reason why the slope of the land between the site and the classified vegetation is limited to 20 degrees is that the establishment and the maintenance of the setback between the site and the vegetation may become impractical when the slope of the land between the site and the classified vegetation is over 20 degrees (Ref. 3).

B2 STEP 1—RELEVANT FDI OR WIND SPEED

Determine the relevant FDI or wind speed as follows:

(a) For forests, woodlands, rainforest and other forest group vegetation classifications, determine the relevant Forest Fire Danger Index (FDI) for the site in accordance with Clause 2.3 or obtain other data sets provided by the authority having jurisdiction for the site.

(b) For heath, shrub and scrub vegetation classifications, a nominal value of 45 km/h shall be used for wind speed to determine rate of spread.

NOTE: Wind speeds are measured and reported for a height of 10 m above ground level.



11110111111WIT.3000.002.0193

AS 3959-2009 84

B3 STEP 2-VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION

Determine the vegetation classification-

(a) in accordance with Clause 2.4; and

(b) select the appropriate potential surface fuel load (w), overall fuel load (W) andclassified vegetation height (VH) from Table B2 or other data sets provided by therelevant fire authority for the site.

NOTE: Both the understorey and the canopy should be considered in the assessment. The rate ofspread for forest fires should be determined using the understorey fuel loads. Flame heightsshould be determined on the basis of both the combined understorey and canopy fuels (overallfuel loads) for forest fires.

CB3 The vegetation classification system in Section 2 and in this Appendix is based on anational system developed by R. Specht (Ref. 4). Some States and Territories havedeveloped their own systems for vegetation classification, which may vary in extent ordescription to those provided herein.

For example, in NSW, a system has been established by D. Keith (Ref. 5) and fuel. loadshave been extensively researched for that State. This may not be comparable to otherStates/Territories, which may have significantly different fuel loads or differentdescriptions for a similar vegetation classification.

Consultation with relevant fire authorities is important to establish any variations from thevalues provided in Table B2 below.

B4 STEP 3-EFFECTIVE SLOPE UNDER THE CLASSIFIED VEGETATION

Determine the effective slope (in degrees) under the classified vegetation in accordancewith Clause 2.6.

CB4 The effective slope under the classified vegetation is not the same as average slopefor the land surrounding the site of the proposed building. The effective slope is that slopewhich most significantly influences fire behaviour. For example, two slopes may occur inan area, one downslope and one upslope, but together they average as 0 degrees, where inpractice one of the slopes will influence fire behaviour. In some cases, rocky shelf faceswithout vegetation cannot influence fire behaviour whereas the shelf slope itself can. Insome cases, effective slope will have to be determined by survey.

B5 STEP 4-SLOPE BETWEEN SITE AND CLASSIFIED VEGETATION

Determine the slope (in degrees) of the ground between the site and the classifiedvegetation (Point B to Point A, see Figure 2.1).

CB5 The slope between the site and the classified vegetation has an effect on the `viewfactor' determined for a given position. It is the slope along the ground by line of sightbetween the predominant vegetation and the site.

B6 STEP 5-DISTANCE OF THE SITE FROM CLASSIFIED VEGETATION

Determine the distance (in plan view) of the site from the classified vegetation (Point A toPoint B, see Figure 2.1) in accordance with Clause 2.5.


AS 3959—2009 84

WIT.3000.002.0193

B3 STEP 2—VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION

Determine the vegetation classification—

(a) in accordance with Clause 2.4; and

(b) select the appropriate potential surface fuel load (w), overall fuel load (W) and classified vegetation height (VH) from Table B2 or other data sets provided by the relevant fire authority for the site.

NOTE: Both the understorey and the canopy should be considered in the assessment. The rate of spread for forest fires should be determined using the understorey fuel loads. Flame heights should be determined on the basis of both the combined understorey and canopy fuels (overall fuel loads) for forest fires.

CB3 The vegetation classification system in Section 2 and in this Appendix is based on a national system developed by R. Specht (Ref. 4). Some States and Territories have developed their own systems for vegetation classification, which may vary in extent or description to those provided herein.

For example, in NSW, a system has been established by D. Keith (Ref. 5) and fuel, loads have been extensively researched for that State. This may not be comparable to other States/Territories, which may have significantly different fuel loads or different descriptions for a similar vegetation classification.

Consultation with relevant fire authorities is important to establish any variations from the values provided in Table B2 below.

B4 STEP 3—EFFECTIVE SLOPE UNDER THE CLASSIFIED VEGETATION

Determine the effective slope (in degrees) under the classified vegetation in accordance with Clause 2.6.

CB4 The effective slope under the classified vegetation is not the same as average slope for the land surrounding the site of the proposed building. The effective slope is that slope which most significantly influences fire behaviour. For example, two slopes may occur in an area, one downslope and One upslope, but together they average as 0 degrees, where in practice one of the slopes will influence fire behaviour. In some cases, rocky shelf faces without vegetation cannot influence fire behaviour whereas the shelf slope itself can. In some cases; effective slope will have to be determined by survey.

B5 STEP 4—SLOPE BETWEEN SITE AND CLASSIFIED VEGETATION

Determine the slope (in degrees) of the ground between the site and the classified vegetation (Point B to Point A, see Figure 2.1).

CBS The slope between the site and the classified vegetation has an effect on the 'view factor' determined for a given position. It is the slope along the ground by line of sight between the predominant vegetation and the site.

B6 STEP 5—DISTANCE OF THE SITE FROM CLASSIFIED VEGETATION

Determine the distance (in plan view) of the site from the classified vegetation (Point A to Point B, see Figure 2.1) in accordance with Clause 2.5.

© Standards Australia www.standards.org.au -


II

WIT.3000.002.0194

85 AS 3959-2009

B7 STEP 6-FLAME LENGTH

Flame length shall be calculated as follows:

(a) Apply an appropriate fire behaviour equation in Table B 1, based on the vegetationclassification and corresponding fuel loads determined in Paragraph B3 above, toobtain a value for the forward rate of spread of the fire (R).

(b) Correct the forward rate of spread of the fire (R) for effective slope using thefollowing rules (Ref. 6):

Rslope = R exp (0.069 slope) for downslope

Rslope = R exp (-0.069 slope) for level or upslope (see Commentary CB7)

where

Rslope = forward rate of spread adjusted for effective slope (km/h)

R = forward rate of spread (km/h), determined in Item (a)

slope = effective slope (degrees), determined in Paragraph B4 above

(c) Go to Item (d) below if the fuel type associated with the vegetation classificationdetermined in Clause B3 is Forest or Woodlands; otherwise calculate the fire intensity(1) in kW/m in using:

I = HW Rslope /36 (Ref. 7) ... B 1

where

H = heat of combustion (18 600 kJ/kg)

W = overall fuel load (t/ha), determined in Paragraph B3 above

Rslope = adjusted forward rate of spread (km/h), determined inParagraph B7(b)

(d) Calculate flame length (Lf)-

For Forest or Woodlands (Rainforest and other forest forms):

Lf = [13 Rslope + 0.24WJ/2 (Ref. 3) ... B2

where

Rslope = forward rate of spread adjusted for slope (km/h)

W = overall fuel load (t/ha), determined in Paragraph B3 ab ove

For Shrub and Heath or Mallee and Mulga or Tussock moorland:

Lf = 0.07751 0.46 (Ref. 7)

where

I = fireline intensity (kW/m)

... B3

CB7 The bushfare behaviour equations predict the head fire behaviour and areempirical in nature. These equations may not be accurate in all situations due to(a) their empirical nature and (b) the extrapolation of them beyond the originalconditions under which they were developed.

Flame length (Lf) is taken as the sustained flame length, which adjusts the standardflame length equation for forest type vegetation (Ref. 6) reducing it by half, which takesinto account flame discontinuity and adjusting for lower flame temperatures and flamegeometry.

www.standards:org.au © Sthndards Australia

WIT.3000.002.0194

85 AS 3959—2009

B7 STEP 6—FLAME LENGTH

Flame length shall be calculated as follows:

(a) Apply an appropriate fire behaviour equation in Table Bl, based on the vegetation classification and corresponding fuel loads determined in Paragraph B3 above, to obtain a value for the forward rate of spread of the fire (R).

(b) Correct the forward rate of spread of the fire (R) for effective slope using the following rules (Ref. 6):

siope = R exp (0.069 slope) for downslope

-Ksiope = R exp (-0.069 slope) for level or upslope (see Commentary CB7)

where

•Rsiope = forward rate of spread adjusted for effective slope (km/h)

R = forward rate of spread (km/h), determined in Item (a)

slope = effective slope (degrees), determined in Paragraph B4 above

(c) Go to Item (d) below if the fuel type associated with the vegetation classification determined in Clause B3 is Forest or Woodlands; otherwise calculate the fire intensity (I) in kW/m in using:

/ = HW Rslope /36 (Ref. 7) . . . B1

where

H = heat of combustion (18 600 kJ/kg)


siope = adjusted forward rate of spread (km/h), determined in Paragraph B7(b)

(d) Calculate flame length (Xf)—

For Forest or Woodlands (Rainforest and other forest forms):

L{ = [13 i?slope + 0.24W]/2 (Ref. 3) . . . B2

where

-Rsiope = forward rate of spread adjusted for slope (km/h)


For Shrub and Heath or Mallee and Mulga or Tussock moorland:

Z f= 0.0775/046 (Ref. 7) . . . B3

where

/ = fireline intensity (kW/m)

CB7 The bushfire behaviour equations predict the head fire behaviour and are empirical in nature. These equations may not be accurate in all situations due to (a) their empirical nature and (b) the extrapolation of them beyond the original conditions under which they were developed.

Flame length (Lj) is taken as the sustained flame length, which adjusts the standard flame length equation for forest type vegetation (Ref. 6) reducing it by half, which takes into account flame discontinuity and adjusting for lower flame temperatures and flame geometry.



w D__

_

o U'11131111111MIN

WIT.3000.002.0195

AS 3959-2009 86

B8 STEP 7-FLAME WIDTH

Flame width is assumed to be 100 in unless the width of classified vegetation and/or therelative orientation between the classified vegetation and the site justify the use of a lesservalue.

B9 STEP 8-ELEVATION OF RECEIVER

The elevation of the receiver (h) refers to the level at which the site will receive theincident radiant heat flux and it is to be measured from the ground level of the site (seeFigure B 1). Depending on the purpose of the assessment, it shall be determined as follows:

(a) If the purpose of the assessment is to determine the radiant heat flux to which aspecific level of the site might be exposed (for instance the window level), theelevation of the receiver shall be taken at that specific level (see Figure B 1). For allother purposes, the elevation of the receiver shall take the level giving the maximumview and shall be determined in accordance with Item (b) or (c) below.

(b) To determine the radiant heat flux for a site where the flame centre is equal to orlower than the ground level, then the ground level of the site is used for the purposeof assessment, i.e., h = 0 (m) (see Figure B2).

(c) If the flame centre level is higher than ground level of the site, the elevation of thereceiver is taken at the flame centre level, i.e., h = 0.5 Lf sina -d tang (m) (seeFigure B3).

II

f-I',

Ii

d-0.5 Lt cosad

m

Lr (sin a - cosa tan 9)(d- 0.5 Lr cos a) tan 0

FIGURE 131 SPECIFIC LEVEL IS PROVIDED FOR ASSESSMENT


AS 3959—2009 86

WIT.3000.002.0195

B8 STEP 7—FLAME WIDTH

Flame width is assumed to be 100 m unless the width of classified vegetation and/or the relative orientation between the classified vegetation and the site justify the use of a lesser value.

B9 STEP 8—ELEVATION OF RECEIVER

The elevation of the receiver (h) refers to the level at which the site will receive the incident radiant heat flux and it is to be measured from the ground level of the site (see Figure Bl). Depending on the purpose of the assessment, it shall be determined as follows:

(a) If the purpose of the assessment is to determine the radiant heat flux to which a specific level of the site might be exposed (for instance the window level), the elevation of the receiver shall be taken at that specific level (see Figure Bl). For all other purposes, the elevation of the receiver shall take the level giving the maximum view and shall be determined in accordance with Item (b) or (c) below.

(b) To determine the radiant heat flux for a site where the flame centre is equal to or lower than the ground level, then the ground level of the site is used for the purpose of assessment, i.e., h = 0 (m) (see Figure B2).

(c) If the flame centre level is higher than ground level of the site, the elevation of the receiver is taken at the flame centre level, i.e., A = 0.5Zf sina-d tan# (m) (see Figure B3).

1 — Li (sin a - cos « tan ( 1 — [d- 0.5 L, cos «) tan 0

FIGURE B1 SPECIFIC LEVEL IS PROVIDED FOR ASSESSMENT



WIT.3000.002.0196

87

Ground level h=0'[ ,

f ,

Flame center level,

,

,

a

w

AS 3959-2009

L, (sin a - cosa tan 9)(d- 0.5 L, cos a) tan 0

d

FIGURE B2 FLAME CENTRE LOWER THAN GROUND

d-0.5L1cosa

Flame center levelh=0.5L,sina-dtan0

Ground level

of -0.5 L, cos af- Lf (sin a-cosa tan 0)I (d- 0.5 L, cos a)tan0

d

FIGURE B3 FLAME CENTRE HIGHER THAN GROUND

B10 STEP 9-RADIANT HEAT FLUX

B10.1 General

The radiant heat flux (q) in kW/m2 to which the site might be exposed shall be calculatedusing the radiant heat transfer law with atmospheric transmissivity correction, as follows:

q=rqE ...B4where

E = flame emissive power (kW/m2), determined in accordance withParagraph B 10.2

0 = view factor, determined in accordance with Paragraph B 10.3

or = atmospheric transmissivity, determined in accordance with Paragraph B 10.4

mozzzt:n


87

WIT.3000.002.0196

AS 3959—2009

j S \y\

] / ! / i ! Ground level h = 0 . i / \ \ ^

\ y I I Flame center level ^ - ^

• ! ! ^**^ i j ^^^

— L i (sin a - cos a tanfl) ( d - 0.5 Li cosa) tan 0

FIGURE B2 FLAME CENTRE LOWER THAN GROUND

1 —Lt (sin a - c o s a tan 0) 1 — (of- 0.5 i.f cos a) tan 0

FIGURE B3 FLAME CENTRE HIGHER THAN GROUND

BIO STEP 9—RADIANT HEAT FLUX

B10.1 General

The radiant heat flux (q) in kW/m2 to which the site might be exposed shall be calculated using the radiant heat transfer law with atmospheric transmissivity correction, as follows:

q = r$E . . . B 4

where

E = flame emissive power (kW/m2), determined in accordance with Paragraph B 10.2

^ = view factor, determined in accordance with Paragraph B10.3

r = atmospheric transmissivity, determined in accordance with Paragraph B10.4



YIIIIIIAS 3959-2009 88

WIT.3000.002.0197

B10.2 Flame emissive power

Flame emissive power (E) shall be calculated using the Stefan-Boltzmann equation, asfollows:

E=a-eTf (Ref.8)

where

a = Stefan-Boltzman constant (5.67 x 10-11 kW/M-2 K7`1)

s = flame emissivity (assumes 0.95) (see Commentary CB10.2)

Tf = flame temperature (see Commentary CB 10.2)

... B5

CB10.2 The application of the Stefan-Boltzmann equation is based on the assumptionsthat a bushfire flame emits radiation at a surface and that flame temperature andemissivity are uniform across the whole flame surface (Ref. 9).

The above assumptions are generally justified considering that the overwhelmingdifficulty associated with the accurate measurement of flame temperatures and frameemissivity in both laboratory and field environments as well as the level of theuncertainly resulting from the flame length modelling with the existing empiricalbushfire behaviour equations.

The prediction of flame emissive power using the Stefan-Boltzmann equationnecessitates the knowledge of the temperature (T) of the emitting flame and itsemissivity (s). A nominal flame em. issivity of 0.95 is considered to be justified as thebushfire flames under design fire weather scenarios are generally optically thick(E 1).

The predicted flame emissive power is very sensitive to flame temperature. Thereforethe selection of the nominal flame temperature for calculation is critical to make surethat the construction standard determined with this flame temperature together withother input parameters can provide an adequate level of stringency or safety at areasonable cost.

The existing scientific literature suggests that flame temperatures for determining flameemissive power vary greatly and the majority of them fall within a range between1000 K and 1200 K (Ref. 10). An appropriate flame temperature is chosen from theabove range in accordance with the minimum level of stringency or safety required bythe relevant authority having jurisdiction.

B10.3 View factor

View factor or configuration factor is a geometrical factor required by calculating theradiant heat flux to which a site might be exposed, which is a function of flame geometry,location of radiant heat flux receiving element i.e. radiation receiver and relative orientationbetween the flame and the receiver. For the tilted flame shown in Figure B4, the view factor(0) shall be calculated using one of the following:

(a) If d :!g 0.5Lfcosa, then 0 = 1

or


AS 3959—2009 88

WIT.3000.002.0197

B10.2 Flame emissive power

Flame emissive power (E) shall be calculated using the Stefan-Boltzmann equation, as follows:

E = o-eT{4 (Ref. 8) . . . B5

where

a = Stefan-Boltzman constant (5.67 x 10"" kW/m^K"4)

s = flame emissivity (assumes 0.95) (see Commentary CB10.2)

7> = flame temperature (see Commentary CB10.2)

CB10.2 The application of the Stefan-Boltzmann equation is based on the assumptions that a bushfire flame emits radiation at a surface and that flame temperature and emissivity are uniform across the whole flame surface (Ref. 9).

The above assumptions are generally justified considering that the overwhelming difficulty associated with the accurate measurement of flame temperatures and flame emissivity in both laboratory and field environments as well as the level of the uncertainly resulting from the flame length modelling with the existing empirical bushfire behaviour equations.

The prediction of flame emissive power using the Stefan-Boltzmann equation necessitates the knowledge of the temperature (Tj) of the emitting flame and its emissivity (s). A nominal flame emissivity of 0.95 is considered to be justified as the bushfire flames under design fire weather scenarios are generally optically thick (e*l).

The predicted flame emissive power is very sensitive to flame temperature. Therefore the selection of the nominal flame temperature for calculation is critical to make sure that the construction standard determined with this flame temperature together with other input parameters can provide an adequate level of stringency or safety at a reasonable cost.

The existing scientific literature suggests that flame temperatures for determining flame emissive power vary greatly and the majority of them fall within a range between 1000 K and 1200 K (Ref. 10). An appropriate flame temperature is chosen from the above range in accordance with the minimum level of stringency or safety required by the relevant authority having jurisdiction.

B10.3 View factor

View factor or configuration factor is a geometrical factor required by calculating the radiant heat flux to which a site might be exposed, which is a function of flame geometry, location of radiant heat flux receiving element i.e. radiation receiver and relative orientation between the flame and the receiver. For the tilted flame shown in Figure B4, the view factor ($) shall be calculated using one of the following:

(a) If d <, 0.51fcosa, then ^ = 1

or



WIT.3000.002.0198

89 AS 3959-2009

(b) if d > 0.5Ltcos a, then

1 X,tan Yi + Yi tan

9 1+X; I 1+X; 1+Y2 I+Y,2

_, X2X,_, YZ YZtantan __1+XZ 1+XZ +Y22 1+y2

Xl = (Lf sina - 0.5Lf cosa tan0 - d tang _ h)/(d - 0.5Lf cosa)

X2 = [h + (d - 0.5Lf cosa) tang]/(d - 0.5Lf cosa)

Yi = Y2 = 0.5 Wf/(d- 0.5Lf cosa)

B6

where

Lf = flame length (m), determined in Paragraph B7

Wf = flame width, determined in Paragraph B8

a = flame angle (degrees), determined using the algorithm in Figure B5

0 = slope of the land between the site and the classified vegetation(degrees), determined in Paragraph B5

d = distance between the site and classified vegetation (m), determined inParagraph B6

h = elevation of receiver (m), determined in Paragraph B9

The calculation of view factor requires the knowledge of flame length, flame width, flameangle, slope of the land between the site and the classified vegetation, distance of the sitefrom classified vegetation, and elevation of receiver. When flame length, flame width, slopeof the land between the site and the classified vegetation, distance of the site from classifiedvegetation and elevation of receiver are given, view factor changes with flame angle onlyand reaches the maximum for a flame angle between the minimum and the maximum. It isthis maximum view factor that shall be used to calculate radiant heat flux so that thepotential risk associated with flame angle is minimized.

The maximum view factor and the corresponding flame angle may be determined using thealgorithm shown in Figure B5.

CB10.3 The derivation of the view factor equation is based on the followingassumptions:

Assumption 1: The view factor of an inclined flame can be approximated by that of avertical flame with the same flame height located in the middle of the inclined flame.This assumption enables the flame tilt effect to be taken into account and it is justifiedby the CSIRO's laboratory experimental research findings (Ref. 11).

Assumption 2: The radiant heat flux receiver is aligned with the vertical axis of theflame and it is paralleled to the equivalent vertical flame located in the middle of theinclined flame (see Figure BI).

The above assumptions represent a potential worst case scenario and therefore a safetyfactor has been implicitly incorporated into the determination of view factor.


Wrr.3000.002.0198

89 AS 3959—2009

(b) if d > 0. 5ZfCos a, then

1 n

* ,

lVi+^2

—.—!—tan

tan" Y>

ViTxf •+ Yi

ViTx ViTx

^Y]

:tan"

tan" X

V i + ^ V^tf

B6

Y\

where

i f

a

d =

h =

(Zf sincr - 0.5if cosa tan# - d toad - h)/(d - 0.5L{ cosa)

[h + (d- 0.5Lf cosa) tand]/(d -0.5L{ cosa)

Y2 = 0.5 W(/(d - 0.5L{ cosa)

flame length (m), determined in Paragraph B7

flame width, determined in Paragraph B8

flame angle (degrees), determined using the algorithm in Figure B5

slope of the land between the site and the classified vegetation (degrees), determined in Paragraph B5

distance between the site and classified vegetation (m), determined in Paragraph B6

elevation of receiver (m), determined in Paragraph B9

The calculation of view factor requires the knowledge of flame length, flame width, flame angle, slope of the land between the site and the classified vegetation, distance of the site from classified vegetation, and elevation of receiver. When flame length, flame width, slope of the land between the site and the classified vegetation, distance of the site from classified vegetation and elevation of receiver are given, view factor changes with flame angle only and reaches the maximum for a flame angle between the minimum and the maximum. It is this maximum view factor that shall be used to calculate radiant heat flux so that the potential risk associated with flame angle is minimized.

The maximum view factor and the corresponding flame angle may be determined using the algorithm shown in Figure B5.

CB10.3 The derivation of the view factor equation is based on the following assumptions:

Assumption 1: The view factor of an inclined flame can be approximated by that of a vertical flame with the same flame height located in the middle of the inclined flame. This assumption enables the flame tilt effect to be taken into account and it is justified by the CSIRO's laboratory experimental research findings (Ref. 11).

Assumption 2: The radiant heat flux receiver is aligned with the vertical axis of the flame and it is paralleled to the equivalent vertical flame located in the middle of the inclined flame (see Figure Bl).

The above assumptions represent a potential worst case scenario and therefore a safety factor has been implicitly incorporated into the determination of view factor.



1311111111111111uWIT.3000.002.0199

AS 3959-2009 90

1p

I

r, C

-L,(sina-cosa tan 0)d(-0.5L1cosa)tan0

FIGURE B4 DIAGRAM FOR CALCULATING VIEW FACTOR


WIT.3000.002.0199

AS 3959—2009 90

1 —L i ( s i n a - cosa tan< 1 — (d - 0.5 Li cos a) tan 6

FIGURE B4 DIAGRAM FOR CALCULATING VIEW FACTOR



WIT.3000.002.0200

91 AS 3959-2009

Begin

Aa = Aa/ 1 o

Assign initial valuesco = 0, co = cp(ao), Aa = Aao

Let a, = ao + Aa and 01 = (1)(a1)

Let a2 = a, + Aa and ch2 = c(a2)CDo =4iao= a1CD1=02a,= a2

Cmax = CD1

a = ai

End

NOTE: The accuracy of the maximum view factor (df) and the corresponding flame angle (a) determined using thealgorithm in Figure B5 depends on the calculation error (err) specified for flame angle. A calculation error of 1 degree(i.e., err=1) is usually considered to be adequate. The initial flame angle increment (Aao) together with the predefinedcalculation error determines the number of iterations that need to be performed to achieve the expected calculationaccuracy. If the calculation error is limited to 1 degree, then the flame angle increment (Ad) may start with 10 degrees

(Aao = 10).

FIGURE B5 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR DETERMINING MAXIMUM VIEW FACTORAND THE CORRESPONDING FLAME ANGLE

B10.4 Atmospheric transmissivity

Atmospheric transmissivity is calculated using an empirical approach (Ref. 12), whichinvolves the following steps:

(a) Calculate path length (L) from the following:

(i) L = 0 if d:5; 0.5Lf cosa

. or

(ii) L = d - 0.5Lf cosa


91

wrr.3000.002.0200

AS 3959—2009

Begin

Assign initial values do = G, 0 O = 0 ( a o ) , A a = A a 0

Letch = a0 + Aa and 01 = 0(aO

Aa = Aa/to Leta2 = ai + Aa and 0 2 = <t>(a2) 00 = * 1 a 0 = ai 01 = 02 a-i = a 2

Yes

No

Yes

0max=01 a = a i

End

NOTE: The accuracy of the maximum view factor (#>„,„) and the corresponding flame angle (a) determined using the algorithm in Figure B5 depends on the calculation error (err) specified for flame angle. A calculation error of 1 degree (i.e., err = 1) is usually considered to be adequate. The initial flame angle increment (Aab) together with the predefined calculation error determines the number of iterations that need to be performed to achieve the expected calculation accuracy. If the calculation error is limited to 1 degree, then the flame angle increment (Aa) may start with 10 degrees (A«b=10).

FIGURE B5 FLOW DIAGRAM FOR DETERMINING MAXIMUM VIEW FACTOR AND THE CORRESPONDING FLAME ANGLE

B10.4 Atmospheric transmissivity

Atmospheric transmissivity is calculated using an empirical approach (Ref. 12), which involves the following steps:

(a) Calculate path length (Z) from the following:

(i) L = 0ifd£0.5Lfcosa

or

(ii) L = d- 0.5Zf cosa



111111110111

AS 3959-2009 92

where

d = distance between the site and classified vegetationdetermined in Paragraph B6

Lf = flame length (m), determined in Paragraph B7

a = flame angle (degrees), determined in Paragraph B 10.3

(b) Calculate coefficient (an)-

an = Cln+ CZnT. + C3nTf+ C4nRH

where

T8 = ambient temperature (assumes 308 K)

Tf = flame temperature, see Paragraph B 10.2

RH = relative humidity (assumes 25%)

Cln, C2,,, Can = constants defined in Table B3and Con

(c) Calculate atmospheric transmissivity (r) from the following:

(i) If L = 0, then r= 1

or

(ii) If L 0, then r = as + a1L + a2L2 + a3L3 + a4L4

where,

L = path length (m), determined in Paragraph B 10.4(a)

an = coefficient determined in Paragraph B 10.4(b)

... B8

Bil STEP 10-DETERMINE THE CATEGORY OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK

The category of bushfire attack and the associated construction requirements shall bedetermined as follows:

(a) The category of bushfire attack shall be determined in accordance with Table 3.1.

(b) The deemed to satisfy construction requirements corresponding to the category ofbushfire attack determined in Item (a) shall be determined in accordance with theprocedure shown in Figure 1.1.


Wrf.30d0.002.0201 AS 3959—2009 92

where

d = distance between the site and classified vegetation (m), determined in Paragraph B6

if = flame length (m), determined in Paragraph B7

a = flame angle (degrees), determined in Paragraph B10.3

(b) Calculate coefficient (a„)—

on = Cin + CinT& + C$nTf + CnnRH . . . B8

where

Ta = ambient temperature (assumes 308 K)

7V = flame temperature, see Paragraph B10.2

RH = relative humidity (assumes 25%)

C\n, Ctn, C3„ = constants defined in Table B3 and C4,,

(c) Calculate atmospheric transmissivity (r) from the following:

(i) l f l = 0 , t h e n r = l

or

(ii) If L * 0, then r = a0 + axL + a2L2 + a3L

3 + ar4Z4

where'

L = path length (m), determined in Paragraph B10.4(a)

aB = coefficient determined in Paragraph B10.4(b)

Bll STEP 10—DETERMINE THE CATEGORY OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK

The category of bushfire attack and the associated construction requirements shall be determined as follows:

(a) The category of bushfire attack shall be determined in accordance with Table 3.1.

(b) The deemed to satisfy construction requirements corresponding to the category of bushfire attack determined in Item (a) shall be determined in accordance with the procedure shown in Figure 1.1.


http://Wrf.30d0.002.0201


RIII II 1111

93

TABLE B1

VEGETATION TYPES, FUEL TYPES, ANDCORRESPONDING FIRE BEHAVIOUR MODELS

Fuel types Fire model ' Fire behaviour; equation

Forest and Woodland McArthur, 1973 andNoble et al, 1980

R= 0.00 12 *FDI * w

Shrub and Heath Catchpole et al. 1998 R = 0.023 * V1.2' * Vh°.54

Tussock moorland Marsden-Smedley etal.1995

R = 0.024* V1.3'2 * exp(-0.0243*Mf) *(1 - exp(-0.116 * age))

LEGEND:R = rate of spread (km/h)FDI = McArthur Fire Danger Index and is dimensionlessw = surface fuel load (t/ha)VH = average height of classified vegetation (m)V = average wind speed at 10 in above ground (km/h)Mf = moisture factor used for Tussock moorland only and is dimensionlessage = age of vegetation used for Tussock moorland only (yrs)

TABLE B2

VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION AND FUEL LOAD

WIT.3000.002.0202

AS 3959-2009

Vegetation Vegetation

classification typeFuel type

Surface fuel Overall fuel Vegetation

(see Clause 2.2.3)(see load (t/ha) load (t/ha) height (m)

Figure 2.3)

Forests 2,3,5 . Forest 25 35 -Woodlands 6,7,9,10,11 Woodlands 15 25 -Closed shrub 12,13 Shrub and heath 25 25 3

Open shrub 16,17,18 Shrub and heath 15 15 1.5

Mallee/Mulga 14,15 Shrub and Heath 8 8 3

Rainforest 1,4,8 Forest 10 12 -Tussock moorland 21,22 Tussock moorland 17 17 Mf= 5

age = 20 y

TABLE B3

CONSTANTS TO CALCULATE COEFFICIENT an

n Cio C2o C3, C4o

0 1.486 -2.003 x 10-3 4.68 x10_5 -6.052 x 10-2

1 1.225 x 10-2 -5.900 x 10-5 1.66 x 10-6 -1.759 x 10-3

2 -1.489 x 10-4 6.893 x 10-7 -1.922 x 10"8 2.092 x 10-5

3 8.381 x 10-7 -3.823 x 10-9 1.0511 x 10-10 -1.166 x 10-7

4 -1.685 x 10-9 7.637 x 10-12 -2.085 x 10-13 2.350 x 10-10


WIT.3000.002.0202

93 AS 3959—2009

TABLE Bl

VEGETATION TYPES, FUEL TYPES, AND CORRESPONDING FIRE BEHAVIOUR MODELS

Fuel types

Forest and Woodland

Shrub and Heath

Tussock moorland

Fire model

McArthur, 1973 and Noble etal, 1980

Catchpole et al. 1998

Marsden-Smedley et al.1995

Fire behaviour, equation

R = 0.0012 *FDI*w

R = 0.023 * v1 -21 * ra054

R = 0.024* K1312 * exp(-0.0243*Aff) * ( l -exp(-0.116*age))

LEGEND: R = rate of spread (km/h) FDI = McArthur Fire Danger Index and is dimensionless w = surface fuel load (t/ha) VH = average height of classified vegetation (m) V = average wind speed at 10 m above ground (km/h) M{ = moisture factor used for Tussock moorland only and is dimensionless age = age of vegetation used for Tussock moorland only (yrs)

TABLE B2

VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION AND FUEL LOAD


(see Clause 2.2.3)

Forests

Woodlands

Closed shrub

Open shrub

Mallee/Mulga

Rainforest

Tussock moorland

Vegetation type (see

Figure 2.3)

2,3,5

6,7,9,10,11

12,13

16,17,18

14,15

1,4,8

21,22

Fuel type

Forest

Woodlands

Shrub and heath

Shrub and heath

Shrub and Heath

Forest

Tussock moorland

Surface fuel load (t/ha)

25

15

25

15

8

10

17

Overall fuel load (t/ha)

35

25

25

15

8

12

17

Vegetation height (m)

—

—

3

1.5

3

—

M{=5 age = 20 y

TABLE B3

CONSTANTS TO CALCULATE COEFFICIENT «„

n

0

1

2

3

4

Ci.

1.486

1.225 x 10-2

-1.489 x 10"4

8.381 x 10-7

-1.685 x 10-9

c2D

-2.003 x 10-3

-5.900 x 10-5

6.893 x 10-7

-3.823 x 10"9

7.637 x 10-12

c3n

4.68 x 10-5

1.66 x 10-6

-1.922 x 10-8

1.0511 xlO - 1 0

-2.085 x 10~13

c4n

-6.052 x 10-2 .

-1.759 xlO - 3

2.092 x 10"5

-1.166 xlO"7

2.350 x 10-10



(a o___

o (AlI

WIT.3000.002.0203AS 3959-2009. 94

REFERENCES

1 TOLHURST, K.G. AND HOWLETT, K.A. House Ignition Likelihood Index AnHazard Assessment Method for Land Managers in the Wildland-Urban Interface. In`10th AFAC Conference and 4th International Wildland Fire Conference', Sydney,Australia: 2003.

2 CHENEY, N.P. Fire Behaviour in `Fire and Australian Biota' (Ed. GILL, A.M.,GROVES, R.H. and NOBLE, I.R.), Australia Academy of Science, Canberra: 1981.

3 NSW RURAL FIRE SERVICE. Planning For Bushfire Protection -A Guide forCouncils, Planners, Fire Authorities, Developers and Home Owners, NSW RFS,Sydney: 2001.

4 SPECHT, R. 1970. The Australian Environment, LEEPER, G.W. (ed.) 4th edition:Carlton, Melbourne University Press, 1970, Chapter 5, Vegetation. pp.45-67. CSIROPress.

5 KEITH, D.A., Ocean Shores to Desert Dunes; the native vegetation of New SouthWales and the ACT. NSW Department. of Environment and Conservation (2004).

6 NOBLE, I.R., BARY, G.A.V. and GILL,.A.M. McArthur's fire-danger metersexpressed as equations. Aust. J. Ecology 5: 1980. 201-203 pp.

7 BYRAM, G.M. Combustion of Forest Fuels. In: `Forest Fire Control and Use' (Ed.DAVIS, K.P.) McGraw-Hill, New York: 1959.

8 DRYSDALE, D. An Introduction to Fire Dynamics (2nd Edition), John Wiley andSons: 1999. 424 pp.

9 KNIGHT, I.K. and SULLIVAN, A.L. A Semi-transparent Model of Bushfire Flamesto Predict Radiant Heat Flux, Int. J. Wildland Fire: 2004 (13):201-207 pp.

10 VINES, R.G. Physics and Chemistry of Rural Fires in `Fire and Australian Biota'(Ed. GILL, A.M., GROVES, R.H. and NOBLE, LR.), Australia Academy of Science,Canberra: 1981.

11 SULLIVAN, A.L., ELLIS, P.F. AND KNIGHT, I.K. A Review of Radiant Heat FluxModels Used In Bushfire Applications. International Journal of Wildland Fire: 2003(12): 101-110 pp.

12 FUSS, S.P. and HAMINS, A. An Estimate of the Correction Applied to RadiantFlame Measurements Due to Attenuation by Atmospheric CO2 And H2O. Fire SafetyJournal (37):2002. 181-190 pp.

13 CATCHPOLE, W.R., BRADSTOCK, R.A, CHOATE, J., FOGARTY, L.G.,GELLIE, N., McCARTHY, G.J, McCAW, W.L., MARSDEN-SMEDLEY, J.B. andPEARCE, G. Co-operative Development of Equations for Heathland Fire Behaviour.In `Proc. 3rd Int. Conf. Forest Fire Research and 14th Conf. on Fire and ForestMeteorology'. (Ed. VIEGAS, D.X.) Luso, Coimbra, Portugal: 1998. 631-645 pp.

.14 LUKE, R.H. Hazard reduction for the protection of buildings in bushland areas.NSW Fire Brigades, Sydney:1982.

15 MARSDEN-SMEDLEY, J.B. and CATCHPOLE, W.R., Buttongrass moorland FireBehaviour Modelling in Tasmanian Buttongrass Moorlands II. Fire Behaviour,International Journal of Wildland Fire: 1995 (4):215-228 pp.


WIT.3000.002.0203

AS 3959—2009 94

REFERENCES 1 TOLHURST, K.G. AND HOWLETT, K.A. House Ignition Likelihood Index—An

Hazard Assessment Method for Land Managers in the Wildland-Urban Interface. In '10th AFAC Conference and 4th International Wildland Fire Conference', Sydney, Australia: 2003.

2 CHENEY, N.P. Fire Behaviour in 'Fire and Australian Biota' (Ed. GILL, A.M., GROVES, R.H. and NOBLE, I.R.), Australia Academy of Science, Canberra: 1981.

3 NSW RURAL FIRE SERVICE. Planning For Bushfire Protection—A Guide for Councils, Planners, Fire Authorities, Developers and Home Owners, NSW RFS, Sydney: 2001.

4 SPECHT, R. 1970. The Australian Environment, LEEPER, G.W. (ed.) 4th edition; Carlton, Melbourne University Press, 1970, Chapter 5, Vegetation, pp.45-67. CSIRO Press.

5 KEITH, D.A., Ocean Shores to Desert Dunes; the native vegetation of New South Wales and the ACT. NSW Department of Environment and Conservation (2004).

6 NOBLE, I.R., BARY, G.A.V. and GILL,.A.M. McArthur's fire-danger meters expressed as equations. Aust. J. Ecology 5: 1980. 201-203 pp.

7 BYRAM, G.M. Combustion of Forest Fuels. In: 'Forest Fire Control and Use' (Ed. DAVIS, K.P.) McGraw-Hill, New York: 1959.

8 DRYSDALE, D. An Introduction to Fire Dynamics (2nd Edition), John Wiley and Sons: 1999. 424 pp.

9 KNIGHT, I.K. and SULLIVAN, A.L. A Semi-transparent Model of Bushfire Flames to Predict Radiant Heat Flux, Int. J. Wildland Fire: 2004 (13):201-207 pp.

10 VINES, R.G. Physics and Chemistry of Rural Fires in 'Fire and Australian Biota' (Ed. GILL, A.M., GROVES, R.H. and NOBLE, I.R.), Australia Academy of Science, Canberra: 1981.

11 SULLIVAN, A.L., ELLIS, P.F. AND KNIGHT, I.K. A Review of Radiant Heat Flux Models Used In Bushfire Applications. International Journal of Wildland Fire: 2003 (12): 101-110 pp.

12 FUSS, S.P. and HAMINS, A. An Estimate of the Correction Applied to Radiant Flame Measurements Due to Attenuation by Atmospheric C02 And H20. Fire Safety Journal (37):2002. 181-190 pp.

13 CATCHPOLE, W.R., BRADSTOCK, R.A, CHOATE, J., FOGARTY, L.G., GELLIE,N., MCCARTHY, G.J, McCAW, W.L., MARSDEN-SMEDLEY, J.B. and PEARCE, G. Co-operative Development of Equations for Heathland Fire Behaviour. In 'Proc. 3rd Int. Conf. Forest Fire Research and 14th Conf. on Fire and Forest Meteorology'. (Ed. VIEGAS, D.X.) Luso, Coimbra, Portugal: 1998. 631-645 pp.

14 LUKE, R.H. Hazard reduction for the protection of buildings in bushland areas. NSW Fire Brigades, Sydney: 1982.

15 MARSDEN-SMEDLEY, J.B. and CATCHPOLE, W.R., Buttongrass moorland Fire Behaviour Modelling in Tasmanian Buttongrass Moorlands II. Fire Behaviour, InternationalJournal of Wildland Fire: 1995 (4):215-228 pp.



1111111111mi 0

WIT.3000.002.0204

95 AS 3959-2009

APPENDIX C

PROCESS AND PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE ATTACKLEVEL (BAL)

(Informative)

Step 1

Step 2

DetermineFDI

Clause 2.2.2

Determinevegetation classification

Clause 2.2.3

Use

Use

Table 2.1

Table 2.3Figure 2.3

1. Vegetation greater than 100 m2. Vegetation less than 1 ha3. Multiple vegetation less than 0.25 ha4. Vegetation strips less than 20 m wide5. Non vegetated areas6. Low threat vegetation

e.g. managed grassland

HBAL- LOW

No constructionrequirements

Determinedistance of site Use

Step 3 Figure 2.1from classified vegetationClause 2.2.4

Determine UseStep 4 effective slope Figure 2.2

Clause 2.2.5

Determine Use TablesStep 5 Bushfire Attack LevelClause 2.2.6 2.4.1 to 2.4.5

Fin ish ProceedStep 6 Section 3Clause 2.2.7 t o

FIGURE Cl DETERMINATION OF THE BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)-METHOD 1


95

WIT.3000.002.0204

AS 3959—2009

APPENDIX C

PROCESS AND PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING THE BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)

(Informative)

Step 1 Determine

FDI Clause 2.2.2

Step 2

Use

Determine vegetation classification

Clause 2.2.3

Use

Yes

Step 3

No

\'_ Determine

distance of site from classified vegetation

Clause 2.2.4

Step 4

Use

jk-

Determine effective slope Clause 2.2.5

Step 5

Step 6

Use

\l/

Determine Bushfire Attack Level

Clause 2.2.6

Use

Finish Clause 2.2.7

Table 2.1

Table 2.3 Figure 2.3

->

1. Vegetation greater than 100 m 2. Vegetation less than 1 ha 3. Multiple vegetation less than 0.25 ha 4. Vegetation strips less than 20 m wide 5. Non vegetated areas 6. Low threat vegetation

e.g. managed grassland

BAL- LOW No construction

requirements

Figure 2.1

^ Figure 2.2

vi Tables ^ 2.4.1 to 2.4.5

Proceed . to

^ Section 3

FIGURE C1 DETERMINATION OF THE BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVEL (BAL)—METHOD 1



WIT.3000.002.0205

AS 3959-2009 96

APPENDIX D

ILLUSTRATIONS

(Normative) .

The following illustrations (Figures D 1 to D4) support requirements of this Standard:


AS 3959—2009 96

WIT.3000.002.0205

APPENDIX D

ILLUSTRATIONS

(Normative) ,

The following illustrations (Figures Dl to D4) support requirements of this Standard:



111111111111

97

Main roof cover

WIT.3000.002.0206

AS 3959-2009

Veranda, carport orawning roof formingpart of the mainroof

(a) Continuous roof

Main roof cover

Veranda, carport orawning roof separatedfrom the main roof byan external wall

(b) Continuous roof with veranda, carport or awning roof separated from main roof

Main roof cover

Veranda, carport orawning roof separatedfrom the main roof byan external wall

(c) Discontinuous roof

FIGURE D1 VERANDA, CARPORT OR AWNING ROOFS SHOWINGCONTINUOUS AND DISCONTINUOUS ROOF TYPES


WIT.3000.002.0206

97 AS 3959—2009

Main roof cover

Veranda, carport or awning roof forming part of the main roof

(a) Continuous roof

Main roof cover

Veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof by an external wall

(b) Continuous roof with veranda, carport or awning roof separated from main roof

Main roof cover

External wall

Veranda, carport or awning roof separated from the main roof by an external wall

(c) Discontinuous roof

FIGURE D1 VERANDA, CARPORT OR AWNING ROOFS SHOWING CONTINUOUS AND DISCONTINUOUS ROOF TYPES



IWIT.3000.002.0207

AS 3959-2009

Inside

R 300 mm

98

Glazed element -window or door

300 mm

Decking material

No requirementsfor decking material

(a) Plan view

Decking less than 400 mmfrom glazed element(measured verticallyfrom the surface ofthe deck)

(b) Elevation view

DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES

FIGURE D2 DECKING WITHIN HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LIMITS OF GLAZEDELEMENTS

Decking less than 300 mmfrom glazed element(measured horizontallyat the deck level)

Glazed elementwindow or door

F--- _j400 mm


WIT.3000.002.0207

AS 3959—2009 98

Glazed element -window or door

R 300 mm

^ S

^ S

r No requirements for decking material

(a) Plan view

1 400 mm

M N N M

(b) Elevation view


Decking material

Decking less than 300 mm from glazed element (measured horizontally at the deck level)

Glazed element window or door

Decking less than 400 mm from glazed element (measured vertically from the surface of the deck)

FIGURE D2 DECKING WITHIN HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LIMITS OF GLAZED ELEMENTS



1111111111111

99

Construction requirementsfor external walls or externalglazing or external doorjoinery within 400mm proximityto the ground.

Construction requirementsfor external walls or externalglazing or external doorjoinery within 400mm proximityto the deck.

110 mm

Construction requirementsfor external walls within400mm proximity tocarport/veranda/awning roof.

WIT.3000.002.0208

AS 3959-2009


FIGURE D3 EXTERNAL WALLS OR EXTERNAL GLAZING, OR EXTERNALDOORFRAMES WITHIN LIMITS ABOVE GROUND, DECKS, CARPORT ROOFS


Wrr.3000.002.0208

99 AS 3959—2009

wmm

Construction requirements for external walls or external glazing or external door joinery within 400mm proximity to the ground.

400 mm

Ground level \

Construction requirements for external walls or external glazing or external door joinery within 400mm proximity to the deck.

3

*<w< m& a mmmmm

110 mm

Construction requirements for external walls within 400mm proximity to carport/veranda/awning roof.


FIGURE D3 EXTERNAL WALLS OR EXTERNAL GLAZING, OR EXTERNAL DOORFRAMES WITHIN LIMITS ABOVE GROUND, DECKS, CARPORT ROOFS



-1 La o___ I!ill

liumil

W 209

AS 3959-2009 100

Lower portion of thegarage door within400 mm of the groundwhen closed

Weather strip, draughtexcluder, draught sealsas appropriate to doortype and operation

FIGURE D4 VEHICLE ACCESS DOORS (GARAGE DOORS)


WIT.3000.002.0209

AS 3959—2009 100

Nylon brush requirement for Roller doors

Lower portion of the garage door within 400 mm of the ground when closed

Weather strip, draught excluder, draught seals as appropriate to door type and operation

FIGURE D4 VEHICLE ACCESS DOORS (GARAGE DOORS)



IIIWIT.3000.002.0210

101 AS 3959-2009

APPENDIX E

TIMBER SPECIES AND DENSITIES

(Normative)

El GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

Timber with a density of 750 kg/m3 or greater at a 12 percent moisture content is suitablefor construction where specified in Sections 5, 6 and 7. Examples of suitable timber speciesare listed in Table El.

Densities of timber species not listed in Table El may be found in AS 1720.2.

Many of the timber species listed in Table El from various regions of Australia may not beavailable in all areas.

TABLE ElTIMBER SPECIES WITH A DENSITIY OF

750 kg/m3 OR GREATER

Standard trade name Botanical name

Ash, Crow's Flindersia australis

Ash, silvertop Eucalyptus sieberi

Balau (selangan bate) Shorea spp.

Bangkirai Shorea laevifolia

Belian Eusideroxylon zwageri

Blackbutt Eucalyptus pilularis

Blackbutt, New England Eucalyptus andrewsii

Box, brush Lophosteman confertus

Box, grey Eucalyptus microcarpa

Box, grey, coast Eucalyptus bosistoana

Box, white-topped Eucalyptus quadrangulata

Box, yellow Eucalyptus melliodora

Brownbarrel Eucalyptus fastigata

Candlebark Eucalyptus rubida

Gum, blue, southern Eucalyptus globulus

Gum, blue, Sydney Eucalyptus saligna

Gum, grey Eucalyptus propinqua

Gum, grey, mountain Eucalyptus cypellocarpa

Gum Maiden's Eucalyptus maidenii

Gum, manna Eucalyptus viminalis

Gum, red, forest Eucalyptus teteticornis

Gum, red, river Eucalyptus camaldulensis

Gum, rose Eucalyptus grandis

(continued)

www.standards.org,au © Standards Australia

WJT.3000.002.0210

101 AS 3959—2009

APPENDIX E

TIMBER SPECIES AND DENSITIES

(Normative)

El GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

Timber with a density of 750 kg/m3 or greater at a 12 percent moisture content is suitable for construction where specified in Sections 5, 6 and 7. Examples of suitable timber species are listed in Table El.

Densities of timber species not listed in Table El may be found in AS 1720.2.

Many of the timber species listed in Table El from various regions of Australia may not be available in all areas.

TABLE El

TIMBER SPECIES WITH A DENSITIY OF 750 kg/m3 OR GREATER

Standard trade name

Ash, Crow's

Ash, silvertop

Balau (selangan batu)

Bangkirai

Belian

Blackbutt

Blackbutt, New England

Box, brush

Box, grey

Box, grey, coast

Box, white-topped

Box, yellow

Brownbarrel

Candlebark

Gum, blue, southern

Gum, blue, Sydney

Gum, grey

Gum, grey, mountain

Gum Maiden's

Gum, manna

Gum, red, forest

Gum, red, river

Gum, rose

Botanical name

Flindersia australis

Eucalyptus sieberi

Shorea spp.

Shorea laevifolia

Eusideroxylon zwageri

Eucalyptus pilularis

Eucalyptus andrewsii

Lophosteman confertus

Eucalyptus microcarpa

Eucalyptus bosistoana

Eucalyptus quadrangulata

Eucalyptus melliodora

Eucalyptus fastigata

Eucalyptus rubida

Eucalyptus globulus

Eucalyptus saligna

Eucalyptus propinqua

Eucalyptus cypellocarpa

Eucalyptus maidenii

Eucalyptus viminalis

Eucalyptus teteticornis

Eucalyptus camaldulensis

Eucalyptus grandis

(continued)



WIT.3000.002.0211

AS 3959-2009 102

TABLE El (continued)


Gum, spotted Corymbia maculata

Corymbia henryi

Corymbia citriodora

Gum, sugar Eucalyptus cladocalyx

Hardwood, Johnstone River Backhousia bancroftii

Ironbark, grey Eucalyptus paniculata

Ironbark, red Eucalyptus sideroxylon

Jarrah Eucalyptus marginata

Kapur Dryobalanops spp.

Karri Eucalyptus diversicolor

Kempas Koompassia malaccensis

Keruing Dipterocarpus spp.

Kwila (Merbau) Intsia bijuga

Mahogany red Eucalyptus resinifera

Mahogany, southern Eucalyptus botryoides

Mahogany, white Eucalyptus acmenoides

Messmate Eucalyptus obliqua

Messmate, Gympie Eucalyptus cloeziana

Northern Box (Pelawan) Tristaniopsis spp.

Oak, American Quercus spp.

Peppermint, narrow-leaved Eucalyptus australiana

Satinay Syncarpia hillii

Stringybark, Blackdown Eucalyptus sphaerocarpa

Stringybark, blue-leaved Eucalyptus agglomerata

Stringybark, brown Eucalyptus baxteti

Stringybark, silvertop Eucalyptus laevopinea

Stringybark, white Eucalyptus eugenioides

Stringybark, yellow Eucalyptus muellerana

Tallowwood Eucalyptus microcorys

Turpentine Syncarpia glomulifera

Wollybutt Eucalyptus longifolia

E2 WINDOWS AND DOORS

Timber species with a density of 650 kg/m3 or greater at a 12 percent moisture content issuitable for window joinery and doorframes where specified in Sections 5 and 6. Examplesof suitable timber species are listed in Table E2.

Densities of timber species not listed in Table E2 may be found in AS 1720.2.

Many of the timber species listed in Table E2 from various regions of Australia may not beavailable in all areas.


wrr.3ooo.oo2.02ii AS 3959—2009 102

TABLE El {continued)

Standard trade name

Gum, spotted

Gum, sugar

Hardwood, Johnstone River

Ironbark, grey

Ironbark, red

Jarrah

Kapur

Karri

Kempas

Keruing

Kwila (Merbau)

Mahogany red

Mahogany, southern

Mahogany, white

Messmate

Messmate, Gympie

Northern Box (Pelawan)

Oak, American

Peppermint, narrow-leaved

Satinay

Stringybark, Blackdown

Stringybark, blue-leaved

Stringybark, brown

Stringybark, silvertop

Stringybark, white

Stringybark, yellow

Tallowwood

Turpentine

Wollybutt

Botanical name

Corymbia maculata

Corymbia henryi

Corymbia citriodora

Eucalyptus cladocalyx

Backh.ousia bancroftii

Eucalyptus paniculata

Eucalyptus sideroxylon

Eucalyptus marginata

Dryobalanops spp.

Eucalyptus diversicolor

Koompassia malaccensis

Dipterocarpus spp.

Intsia bijuga

Eucalyptus resinifera

Eucalyptus botryoides

Eucalyptus acmenoides

Eucalyptus obliqua

Eucalyptus cloeziana

Tristaniopsis spp.

Quercus spp.

Eucalyptus australiana

Syncarpia hillii

Eucalyptus sphaerocarpa

Eucalyptus agglomerata

Eucalyptus baxtefi

Eucalyptus laevopinea

Eucalyptus eugenioides

Eucalyptus muellerana

Eucalyptus microcorys

Syncarpia glomulifera

Eucalyptus longifolia

E2 WINDOWS AND DOORS

Timber species with a density of 650 kg/m3 or greater at a 12 percent moisture content is suitable for window joinery and doorframes where specified in Sections 5 and 6. Examples of suitable timber species are listed in Table E2.

Densities of timber species not listed in Table E2 may be found in AS 1720.2.

Many of the timber species listed in Table E2 from various regions of Australia may not be available in all areas.


http://wrr.3ooo.oo2.02ii


WIT.3000.002.0212

103

TABLE E2

SOME TIMBER SPECIES WITH A DENSITYOF 650 kg/rn3 OR GREATER


Ash, alpine Eucalyptus delegatensis

Ash, Crow's Flindersia australis

Ash, mountain Eucalyptus regnans


Balau (selangan batu) Shores spp.

Bangkirai Shorea laevifolia

Beech, myrtle Nothofagus cunninghamii

Belian Eusideroxylon zwageri


Blackbutt, New England Eucalyptus andrewsii

Blackwood Acacia melanoxylon

Box, brush Lophosteman confertus

Box, grey Eucalyptus microcarpa

Box, grey, coast Eucalyptus bosistoana

Box, white-topped Eucalyptus quadrangulata

Box, yellow Eucalyptus melliodora

Brownbarrel Eucalyptus fastigata

Candlebark Eucalyptus rubida

Cypress, white Callitris glaucophylla

Gum, blue, southern Eucalyptus globulus

Gum, blue, Sydney Eucalyptus saligna

Gum, grey Eucalyptus propinqua

Gum, grey, mountain Eucalyptus cypellocarpa

Gum Maiden's Eucalyptus maidenii

Gum, manna Eucalyptus viminalis

Gum, mountain Eucalyptus dalrympleana

Gum, red, forest Eucalyptus teteticornis


Gum, rose Eucalyptus grandis

Gum, shinning Eucalyptus nitens


Corymbia henryi

Corymbia citriodora

Gum, sugar Eucalyptus cladocalyx

Hardwood, Johnstone River Backhousia bancroftii

Ironbark, grey Eucalyptus paniculata

Ironbark, red Eucalyptus sideroxylon

(continued)

AS 3959-2009

Www.standards.org.au © Standards Australia

WIT.3000.002.0212

103 AS 3959—2009

TABLE E2

SOME TIMBER SPECIES WITH A DENSITY OF 650 kg/m3 OR GREATER

Standard trade name

Ash, alpine

Ash, Crow's

Ash, mountain

Ash, silvertop

Balau (selangan batu)

Bangkirai

Beech, myrtle

Belian

Blackbutt

Blackbutt, New England

Blackwood

Box, brush

Box, grey

Box, grey, coast

Box, white-topped

Box, yellow

Brownbarrel

Candlebark

Cypress, white

Gum, blue, southern

Gum, blue, Sydney

Gum, grey

Gum, grey, mountain

Gum Maiden's

Gum, manna

Gum, mountain

Gum, red, forest

Gum, red, river

Gum, rose

Gum, shinning

Gum, spotted

Gum, sugar

Hardwood, Johnstone River

Ironbark, grey

Ironbark, red

Botanical name

Eucalyptus delegatensis

Flindersia australis

Eucalyptus regnans

Eucalyptus sieberi

Shorea spp.

Shorea laevifolia

Nothofagus cunninghamii

Eusideroxylon zwageri


Eucalyptus andrewsii

Acacia melanoxylon

Lophosteman confertus

Eucalyptus microcarpa

Eucalyptus bosistoana

Eucalyptus quadrangulata

Eucalyptus melliodora

Eucalyptus fastigata

Eucalyptus rubida

Callitris glaucophylla

Eucalyptus globulus

Eucalyptus saligna

Eucalyptus propinqua

Eucalyptus cypellocarpa

Eucalyptus maidenii

Eucalyptus viminalis

Eucalyptus dalrympleana

Eucalyptus teteticornis


Eucalyptus grandis

Eucalyptus nitens

Corymbia maculata

Corymbia henryi

Corymbia citriodora

Eucalyptus cladocalyx

Backhousia bancroftii

Eucalyptus paniculata


(continued)

Www.standards.org.au © Standards Australia

http://Www.standards.org.au

.3000.002.0213WIT

AS 3959-2009 104

TABLE E2 (continued)


Jarrah Eucalyptus marginata

Kapur Dryobalanops spp.

Karri Eucalyptus diversicolor

Kempas Koompassia malaccensis

Keruing Dipterocarpus spp.


Mahogany, Philippine red, dark Shorea spp.

Mahogany red Eucalyptus resinifera

Mahogany, southern Eucalyptus botryoides

Mahogany, white Eucalyptus acmenoides

Messmate Eucalyptus obliqua

Messmate, Gympie Eucalyptus cloeziana

Northern Box (Pelawan) Tristaniopsis spp.

Oak, American Quercus spp.

Peppermint, narrow-leaved Eucalyptus australiana

Pine, celery-top Phyllocladus asplenifolius

Pine, slash Pinus elliottii

Ramin ' Gonystylus spp.

Rosewood, New Guinea Pterocarpus indicus

Satinay Syncarpia hillii

Stringybark, Blackdown Eucalyptus sphaerocarpa

Stringybark, blue-leaved Eucalyptus agglomerata

Stringybark, brown Eucalyptus baxteri

Stringybark, silvertop Eucalyptus laevopinea

Stringybark, white Eucalyptus eugenioides

Stringybark, yellow Eucalyptus muellerana

Tallowwood Eucalyptus microcorys

Taun Pometia pinnata


Vitex, New Guinea Vitex cofassus

Wollybutt Eucalyptus longifolia


AS 3959—2009 104

TABLE E2 {continued)

Standard trade name

Jarrah

Kapur

Karri

Kempas

Keruing

Kwila (Merbau)

Mahogany, Philippine red, dark

Mahogany red

Mahogany, southern

Mahogany, white

Messmate -

Messmate, Gympie

Northern Box (Pelawan)

Oak, American

Peppermint, narrow-leaved

Pine, celery-top

Pine, slash

Ramin

Rosewood, New Guinea

Satinay

Stringybark, Blackdown

Stringybark, blue-leaved

Stringybark, brown

Stringybark, silvertop

Stringybark, white

Stringybark, yellow

Tallowwood

Taun

Turpentine

Vitex, New Guinea

Wollybutt

Botanical name

Eucalyptus marginata

Dryobalanops spp.

Eucalyptus diversicolor

Koompassia malaccensis

Dipterocarpus spp.

Intsia bijuga

Shorea spp.

Eucalyptus resinifera

Eucalyptus botryoides

Eucalyptus acmenoides

Eucalyptus obliqua

Eucalyptus cloeziana

Tristaniopsis spp.

Quercus spp.

Eucalyptus austral iana

Phyllocladus asplenifolius

Pinus elliottii

Gonystylus spp.

Pterocarpus indicus

Syncarpia hillii

Eucalyptus sphaerocarpa

Eucalyptus agglomerata

Eucalyptus baxteri

Eucalyptus laevopinea

Eucalyptus eugenioides

Eucalyptus muellerana

Eucalyptus microcorys

Pometia pinnata


Vitex cofassus

Eucalyptus longifolia



I

105 AS 3959-2009

APPENDIX F

BUSHFIRE-RESISTING TIMBER

(Normative)

F1 GENERAL

Bushfire-resisting timber is timber that is deemed to be acceptable to withstand exposure upto a BAL-29 condition.

Timber may be `bushfire-resisting' by means of one or more of-

(a) the inherent properties of the material itself;

(b) being impregnated with fire-retardant chemicals; or

(c) the application of fire-retardant coatings or substrates.

F2 TESTING

The following apply:

(a) To satisfy the requirements for bushfire-resisting timber, timber shall be, tested inaccordance with AS/NZS 3837 and shall meet the following criteria:

(i) The maximum heat release rate shall be not greater than 100 kW/m2.

(ii) The average heat release rate for 10 min following ignition shall be not greaterthan 60 kW/m2 when the material is exposed to an irradiance level of25 kW/m2.

(b) Where the timber has been altered by chemicals, the test samples shall be subjected tothe regime of accelerated weathering described in Paragraph F3 except that where thetimber is protected from the weather, as described in AS 1684.2 and AS 1684.3 (forexample, cladding protected by a veranda), accelerated weathering of the test samplesis not required before being tested to AS/NZS 3837.

External timbers are deemed to be protected if they are covered by a roof projection(or similar) at 30 degrees or greater to the vertical and they are well detailed andmaintained (painted or stained and kept well ventilated).

NOTE: The purpose of testing is to assess timber performance rather than to simulate a bushfire.The irradiance level set for the test is not to be considered to be correlated to the level BAL.

F3 ACCELERATED WEATHERING

Where accelerated weathering is required before testing to AS/NZS 3837, external fire-retardant-coated substrates shall be subjected to the ASTM D2898 Method B weatheringregime, with the water flow rate modified to be the same as that within ASTM D2898Method A.


WIT.3000.002.0214

105 AS 3959—2009

APPENDIX F

BUSHFIRE-RESISTING TIMBER

(Normative)

Fl GENERAL

Bushfire-resisting timber is timber that is deemed to be acceptable to withstand exposure up to a BAL—29 condition.

Timber may be 'bushfire-resisting' by means of one or more of—

(a) the inherent properties of the material itself;

(b) being impregnated with fire-retardant chemicals; or

(c) the application of fire-retardant coatings or substrates.

F2 TESTING

The following apply:

(a) To satisfy the requirements for bushfire-resisting timber, timber shall be tested in accordance with AS/NZS 3837 and shall meet the following criteria:

(i) The maximum heat release rate shall be not greater than 100 kW/m2.

(ii) The average heat release rate for 10 min following ignition shall be not greater than 60 kW/m2 when the material is exposed to an irradiance level of 25 kW/m2.

(b) Where the timber has been altered by chemicals, the test samples shall be subjected to the regime of accelerated weathering described in Paragraph F3 except that where the timber is protected from the weather, as described in AS 1684.2 and AS 1684.3 (for example, cladding protected by a veranda), accelerated weathering of the test samples is not required before being tested to AS/NZS 3837.

External timbers are deemed to be protected if they are covered by a roof projection (or similar) at 30 degrees or greater to the vertical and they are well detailed and maintained (painted or stained and kept well ventilated).

NOTE: The purpose of testing is to assess timber performance rather than to simulate a bushfire. The irradiance level set for the test is not to be considered to be correlated to the level BAL.

F3 ACCELERATED WEATHERING

Where accelerated weathering is required before testing to AS/NZS 3837, external fire-retardant-coated substrates shall be subjected to the ASTM D2898 Method B weathering regime, with the water flow rate modified to be the same as that within ASTM D2898 Method A.



WIT.3000.002.0215

AS 3959-2009

F4 TESTED SPECIES

106

The following species have been tested and have met the requirements of Paragraph F2above: `






Corymbia henryi

Corymbia citriodora

.Ironbark, red Eucalyptus sideroxylon




WIT.3000.002.0215

AS 3959—2009 106

F4 TESTED SPECIES

The following species have been tested and have met the requirements of Paragraph F2 above:

Standard trade name

Ash, silvertop

Blackbutt

Gum, red, river

Gum, spotted

.Ironbark, red

Kwila (Merbau)

Turpentine

Botanical name Eucalyptus sieberi



Corymbia maculata

Corymbia henryi

Corymbia citriodora


Intsia bijuga




107 AS 3959-2009

APPENDIX G

EXPLANATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVELS (BALs)

(Informative)

G1 GENERAL

To determine the construction requirements for a building site, the threat or risk of bushfireattack needs to be assessed.

G2 1999 and 2009 EDITIONS OF AS 3959

The 1999 edition of AS 3959 provided four levels of risk: Low, Medium, High, Extreme.

This Standard provides six levels of risk: BAL-LOW, BAL-12.5, BAL-19, BAL-29,BAL-40, BAL-FZ.

The BAL system of levels (see Paragraph G4) is based on the potential exposure of the siteto heat flux exposure thresholds, expressed as kW/m2 (see Table G1). Because the siteassessment methodology has changed, it is NOT appropriate to compare the constructionrequirements from a level in the 1999 edition with those of a level in this Edition.

G3 RADIANT HEAT THRESHOLDS OF PAIN AND IGNITION

In a bushfire, radiant heat levels may be unsafe for humans and could also ignitecombustible materials in the vicinity. Table GI provides an indication of the potentialeffects of radiant heat levels on both humans and selected materials to assist the reader inunderstanding the implications of the different BALs.

TABLE G1

TYPICAL RADIANT HEAT INTENSITIESFOR VARIOUS PHENOMENA

Phenomena kW/m2

Pain to humans after 10 s to 20 s 4

Pain to humans after 3 s 10

Ignition of cotton fabric after a long time (piloted) (see Note 2) 13

Ignition of timber after a long time 13 (piloted) (see Note 2) 13

Ignition of cotton fabric after a long time (non-piloted)(see-Note 3)

25

Ignition of timber after a long time (non-piloted) (see Note 3) 25

Ignition of gaberdine fabric after a long time (non-piloted)(see Note 3)

27

Ignition of black drill fabric after a long time (non-piloted)(see Note 3)

38

Ignition of cotton fabric after 5 s (non-piloted) (see Note 3) 42

Ignition of timber in 20 s (non-piloted) (see Note 3) 45

Ignition of timber in 10 s (non-piloted) (see Note 3) 55

NOTES:1 Source AS 1530.4-2005.2 Introduction of a small flame to initiate ignition.3 Flame not introduced to initiate ignition.


WIT.3000.002.0216

107 AS 3959—2009

APPENDIX G

EXPLANATION OF BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVELS (BALs)

(Informative)

Gl GENERAL

To determine the construction requirements for a building site, the threat or risk of bushfire attack needs to be assessed.

G2 1999 and 2009 EDITIONS OF AS 3959

The 1999 edition of AS 3959 provided four levels of risk: Low, Medium, High, Extreme.

This Standard provides six levels of risk: BAL—LOW, BAL—12.5, BAL—19, BAL—29, BAL—40, BAL—FZ.

The BAL system of levels (see Paragraph G4) is based on the potential exposure of the site to heat flux exposure .thresholds, expressed as kW/m2 (see Table Gl). Because the site assessment methodology has changed, it is NOT appropriate to compare the construction requirements from a level in the 1999 edition with those of a level in this Edition.

G3 RADIANT HEAT THRESHOLDS OF PAIN AND IGNITION

In a bushfire, radiant heat levels may be unsafe for humans and could also ignite combustible materials in the vicinity. Table Gl provides an indication of the potential effects of radiant heat levels on both humans and selected materials to assist the reader in understanding the implications of the different BALs.

TABLE Gl

TYPICAL RADIANT HEAT INTENSITIES FOR VARIOUS PHENOMENA

Phenomena

Pain to humans after 10 s to 20 s

Pain to humans after 3 s

Ignition of cotton fabric after a long time (piloted) (see Note 2)

Ignition of timber after a long time 13 (piloted) (see-Note 2)

Ignition of cotton fabric after a long time (non-piloted) (see-Note 3)

Ignition of timber after a long time (non-piloted) (see Note 3)

Ignition of gaberdine fabric after a long time (non-piloted) (see Note 3)

Ignition of black drill fabric after a long time (non-piloted) (see Note 3)

Ignition of cotton fabric after 5 s (non-piloted) (see Note 3)

Ignition of timber in 20 s (non-piloted) (see Note 3)

Ignition of timber in 10 s (non-piloted) (see Note 3)

kW/m2

4

10

13

13

25

25

27

38

42

45

55

NOTES:

1 Source AS 1530.4—2005. 2 Introduction of a small flame to initiate ignition. 3 Flame not introduced to initiate ignition.



1 11 f i1I 11WIT.3000.002.0217

AS 3959-2009 108

G4 BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVELS (BALs) EXPLAINED

The 2009 edition of AS 3959 (this Standard) explains Bushfire Attach Levels (BALs) asfollows:

(a) BAL-LOW The risk is considered to be VERY LOW.

There is insufficient risk to warrant any specific construction requirements but thereis still some risk.

(b) BAL-12.5 The risk is considered to be LOW.

There is a risk of ember attack.

The construction elements are expected to be exposed to a heat flux not greater than12.5 kW/m2.

(c) BAL-19 The risk is considered to be MODERATE.

There is a risk of ember attack and burning debris ignited by wind borne embers anda likelihood of exposure to radiant heat.

The construction elements are expected to be exposed to a heat flux not greater than19 kW/m2.

(d) BAL-29 The risk is considered to be HIGH.

There is an increased risk of ember attack and burning debris ignited by windborneembers and a likelihood of exposure to an increased level of radiant heat.


(e) BAL-40 The risk is considered to be VERY HIGH.

There is a much increased risk of ember attack and burning debris ignited bywindborne embers, a likelihood of exposure to a high level of radiant heat and somelikelihood of direct exposure to flames from the fire front.


(f) BAL-FZ The risk is considered to be EXTREME.

There is an extremely high risk of ember attack and burning debris ignited bywindborne embers, and a likelihood of exposure to an extreme level of radiant heatand direct exposure to flames from the fire front.

The construction elements are expected to be exposed to a heat flux greater than40 kW/m2.


wrr.30oo.oo2.o2 AS 3959—2009 108

G4 BUSHFIRE ATTACK LEVELS (BALs) EXPLAINED

The 2009 edition of AS 3959 (this Standard) explains Bushfire Attach Levels (BALs) as follows:

(a) BAL—LOW The risk is considered to be VERY LOW.

There is insufficient risk to warrant any specific construction requirements but there is still some risk.

(b) BAL—12.5 The risk is considered to be LOW.

There is a risk of ember attack.

The construction elements are expected to be exposed to a heat flux not greater than 12.5 kW/m2.

(c) BAL—19 The risk is considered to be MODERATE.

There is a risk of ember attack and burning debris ignited by wind borne embers and a likelihood of exposure to radiant heat.

The construction elements are expected to be exposed to a heat flux not greater than 19kW/m2.

(d) BAL—29 The risk is considered to be HIGH.

There is an increased risk of ember attack and burning debris ignited by windborne embers and a likelihood of exposure to an increased level of radiant heat.

The construction elements are expected to be exposed to a heat flux not greater than 29 kW/m2.

(e) BAL—40 The risk is considered to be VERY HIGH.

There is a much increased risk of ember attack and burning debris ignited by windborne embers, a likelihood of exposure to a high level of radiant heat and some likelihood of direct exposure to flames from the fire front.

The construction elements are expected to be exposed to a heat flux not greater than 40 kW/m2.

(f) BAL—FZ The risk is considered to be EXTREME.

There is an extremely high risk of ember attack and burning debris ignited by windborne embers, and a likelihood of exposure to an extreme level of radiant heat and direct exposure to flames from the fire front.

The construction elements are expected to be exposed to a heat flux greater than 40 kW/m2.


http://wrr.30oo.oo2.o2


1P1111111111111 u

WIT.3000.002.0218

Standards AustraliaStandards Australia develops Australian Standards® and other documents of public benefit and national interest.These Standards are developed through an open process of consultation and consensus, in which all interestedparties are invited to participate. Through a Memorandum of Understanding with the Commonwealth Government,Standards Australia is recognized as Australia's peak non-government national standards body. Standards Australiaalso supports excellence in design and innovation through the Australian Design Awards.

For further information visit www.standards.org.au

Australian Standards®Committees of experts from industry, governments, consumers and other relevant sectors prepare AustralianStandards. The requirements or recommendations contained in published Standards are a consensus of the viewsof representative interests and also take account of comments received from other sources. They reflect the latestscientific and industry experience. Australian Standards are kept under continuous review after publication and areupdated regularly to take account of changing technology.

International InvolvementStandards Australia is responsible for ensuring the Australian viewpoint is considered in the formulation ofInternational Standards and that the latest international experience is incorporated in national Standards. This role isvital in assisting local industry to compete in international markets. Standards Australia represents Australia at boththe International Organization for Standardization (ISO) and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).

Sales and DistributionAustralian Standards®, Handbooks and other documents developed by Standards Australia are printed anddistributed under license by SAI Global Limited.

wrr.3000.002.02

Standards Australia Standards Australia develops Australian Standards® and other documents of public benefit and national interest. These Standards are developed through an open process of consultation and consensus, in which all interested parties are invited to participate. Through a Memorandum of Understanding with the Commonwealth Government, Standards Australia is recognized as Australia's peak non-government national standards body. Standards Australia also supports excellence in design and innovation through the Australian Design Awards.

For further information visit www.standards.org.au

Australian Standards® Committees of experts from industry, governments, consumers and other relevant sectors prepare Australian Standards. The requirements or recommendations contained in published Standards are a consensus of the views of representative interests and also take account of comments received from other sources. They reflect the latest scientific and industry experience. Australian Standards are kept under continuous review after publication and are updated regularly to take account of changing technology.

International Involvement Standards Australia is responsible for ensuring the Australian viewpoint is considered in the formulation of International Standards and that the latest international experience is incorporated in national Standards. This role is vital in assisting local industry to compete in international markets. Standards Australia represents Australia at both the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) and the International Electrotechnical Commission (EC).

Sales and Distribution Australian Standards®, Handbooks and other documents developed by Standards Australia are printed and distributed under license by SAI Global Limited.


For information regarding the development of Standards contact:Standards Australia UmitedGPO Box 476Sydney NSW 2001Phone: 02 9237 6000Fax: 02 9237 6010Email: [email protected]: www.standards.org.au

For information regarding the sale and distribution of Standards contact:SAI Global LimitedPhone: 13 12 42Fax: 1 300 65 49 49Email: [email protected]

ISBN 0 7337 9051 8

For information regarding trie development of Standards contact: Standards Australia Limited GPO Box 476 Sydney NSW 2001 Phone: 02 9237 6000 Fax: 02 9237 6010 Email: [email protected] Internet: www.standards.org.au

For information regarding the sale and distribution of Standards contact: SAI Global Limited Phone: 13 12 42 Fax: 1300 65 49 49 Email: [email protected]




construction of buildings in bushfire- prone areas · · 2012-06-19iiiiiiiiiiiiisilill this...

Documents